17.03.2017 Views

RBWM CDD Customer LoBP Refresh October 2016 Final 2 31102016

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

Global <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence (<strong>CDD</strong>)<br />

Global <strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>Customer</strong> Line of Business<br />

Procedures (<strong>LoBP</strong>s)<br />

<strong>October</strong> <strong>2016</strong><br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 1


Revision History<br />

Date Version Status Prepared by Comments<br />

8 th June 2015 1.0 Draft James Thompson First re-fresh produced following<br />

review of snagging list items<br />

15 th June 1.1 Draft James Thompson Reviewed with GAMLO, <strong>RBWM</strong> FCC<br />

and <strong>RBWM</strong> Business. Amendments<br />

tracked in document and issued for<br />

review<br />

19 th June 1.2 Draft James Thompson Updated following review meeting<br />

30 th July 1.3 Draft Alan Clare Updated based on feedback from<br />

Lynda Cassell and her approval of<br />

changes<br />

7th Oct 1.4 Publication James Thompson Separated Governance <strong>LoBP</strong> from<br />

this document; updated reference<br />

numbers and minor formatting<br />

corrections completed<br />

24 March <strong>2016</strong> 1.5 Draft Jane Fletcher Updates to <strong>LoBP</strong> post <strong>RBWM</strong><br />

FCC/AML and GAMLO review<br />

18 April <strong>2016</strong> 1.6 <strong>Final</strong> Draft Jane Fletcher Updates from GAMLO<br />

13 July <strong>2016</strong> 1.7 <strong>Final</strong> James Thompson July <strong>2016</strong> - <strong>Final</strong><br />

28 Sep <strong>2016</strong> 1.8 Draft Jane Fletcher <strong>LoBP</strong> refresh with Group Policy<br />

driven changes<br />

31 Oct <strong>2016</strong> 1.9 <strong>Final</strong> James Thompson <strong>October</strong> <strong>2016</strong> - <strong>Final</strong><br />

Sign Off<br />

Role Name Sign-off Date<br />

Global Head of FCC & MLRO Robert Werner 25/10/16<br />

SVP Global Head of AML Policy Lynda Cassell 10/8 &<br />

5/10 (QC&QA)<br />

Global Head of AML, FC Compliance Barbara Patow 12/8 &<br />

5/10 (QC&QA)<br />

<strong>RBWM</strong> Policy Approval Committee Committee Members 12/8 & 2/9 (QC&QA)<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 2


INTERNAL<br />

Page | 3


1. Introduction to Individuals and their Identification<br />

and Verification (ID&V)<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the Objectives<br />

be achieved?<br />

To understand who HSBC’s Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s are and who HSBC is doing business<br />

with in order to safeguard against Financial Crime Risks.<br />

This section outlines the Identification and Verification (ID&V) procedures for Individuals on<br />

a risk based approach:<br />

<br />

<br />

Identification – identifying who the Individual <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected<br />

Parties are by obtaining information on their identity; and<br />

Verification – verifying some or all of the information obtained using reliable and<br />

independent documentary and/or electronic sources.<br />

This section details the specific ID&V requirements for all Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s of HSBC<br />

and their Connected Parties.<br />

Scope of Section<br />

1.1 Introduction<br />

1.2 Individual <strong>Customer</strong> Types – Key Definitions<br />

1.3 Definitions of Connected Parties<br />

1.4 Risks associated with Individuals<br />

1.5 Risks associated with Connected Parties<br />

1.6 ‘<strong>Customer</strong> type’ risk classification<br />

1.7 Reduced Due Diligence<br />

1.8 ID&V - Requirements for an Individual <strong>Customer</strong><br />

1.8 ID&V - Requirements for Connected Parties<br />

1.9 Vulnerable Persons and Other Special Cases<br />

1.10 Other Considerations<br />

Related Sections<br />

Guidance sources<br />

Chapter 2 – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) – baseline content applicable to all Individuals<br />

Chapter 3 – Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) – baseline content applicable to all Individuals<br />

Joint Money Laundering Steering Group (JMLSG) Part I: 5.3.7 – 5.3.114, Part II, Part III<br />

2005/60/EC – Third EU Directive on Anti-Money Laundering (AML)<br />

Guidance on <strong>Customer</strong>s Identification Regulations: CIP <strong>Final</strong> Rule<br />

Global Anti-Money Laundering Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 4


1.1 Introduction<br />

1.1.1 This chapter outlines the definitions, risks and requirements for Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s (“<strong>Customer</strong>”)<br />

and their Connected Parties.<br />

1.1.2 This chapter also details the specific ID&V requirements for Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s and their<br />

Connected Parties. It is essential that HSBC identifies all Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s from verifiable<br />

information to ensure that they are indeed the person they are claiming to be.<br />

1.1.3 ID&V is a two-step process:<br />

a) Identification – identifying who the <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected Parties are by<br />

gathering information about their identity; and<br />

b) Verification – verifying some or all of the identity information gathered using reliable and<br />

independent documentary and/or electronic sources.<br />

1.2 Individual <strong>Customer</strong> Types – Key Definitions<br />

1.2.1 An Individual <strong>Customer</strong> is a natural person who is the holder of the account.<br />

1.2.2 For the purpose of <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence (<strong>CDD</strong>), <strong>RBWM</strong> has established two <strong>Customer</strong> Types<br />

within the Individual <strong>Customer</strong> Type Family:<br />

Figure 1.1: Individual <strong>Customer</strong> Types<br />

Retail Individual<br />

A natural person managed in Retail Banking and Wealth Management (<strong>RBWM</strong>) and not a<br />

HNWI (refer to HNWI definition below).<br />

High Net Worth<br />

Individual (“HNWI”)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

A natural person who is managed outside of Global Private Bank GPB and is either:<br />

Premier Top Tier <strong>Customer</strong>, or has equivalent Total Relationship Balance (TRB) in that<br />

market; or<br />

Where Premier Top Tier is not available, Total Relationship Balance (TRB) with HSBC<br />

equal to or greater than USD 1 million.<br />

TRB is defined as the aggregate of:<br />

Deposits (both local and foreign currency): Current Accounts, Savings and Deposit<br />

Accounts (including Term Deposits such as Time Deposits, Certificates of Deposit)<br />

Investments: Mutual Funds (including UT), Structured Products, Securities Trading<br />

(Stocks / Shares and Bonds purchased and held in HSBC Trading facilities), Other<br />

Investments<br />

Insurance: Life, Pension & Investment Insurance (LPI) products (using policyholder<br />

liability as a proxy for aggregate customer balances as necessary) including<br />

Discretionary Participation Features (DPF) / profit fund, unit linked, annuity, universal<br />

life, Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF). Excludes pure protection products such as Whole<br />

of Life and Term Life.<br />

Note: TRB is calculated excluding Credit Enhancement Services Insurance and General<br />

Insurance products, pure Protection Insurance products as well as Mortgage or other Loan /<br />

Asset balances.<br />

1.2.3 The following table provides further information about each of the different Individual <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Types and the HSBC Products and Services characteristics:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 5


Figure 1.2: Individual <strong>Customer</strong> Types – Features, Products and Services<br />

Type Features Products and Services<br />

Retail<br />

<br />

<br />

Mass consumer<br />

market<br />

Multiple entry<br />

channels: online,<br />

walk-in, referrals from<br />

within HSBC,<br />

telephone via Contact<br />

Centre<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Retail Bank Account<br />

Additional services: provision of credit cards, insurance, loans,<br />

savings products<br />

Share dealing<br />

Basic Wealth Management products; such as savings and<br />

investments, pensions, life products<br />

Foreign currency accounts<br />

Retail <strong>Customer</strong>s with TRB threshold to be defined, will be subject<br />

to additional <strong>CDD</strong> requirements (e.g. Source of Funds, Source of<br />

Wealth questions, defined in the relevant sections of the KYC<br />

Chapter).<br />

Private Holding Trusts, Private Investment Corporations, Private<br />

Investment Funds<br />

Wealth Management Services in more than one jurisdiction.<br />

HNWI<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s typically<br />

have dedicated<br />

Relationship<br />

Managers but this is<br />

not mandatory<br />

Multiple entry<br />

channels: online,<br />

walk-in, referrals from<br />

HSBC, telephone via<br />

Contact Centre<br />

Likely to have<br />

relationships across<br />

HSBC territories and<br />

entities<br />

<br />

In addition to the above services for the retail segment, key<br />

services include:<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s who subscribe to Discretionary Portfolio Management 1 ,<br />

discretionary advisory services or equivalent product and service<br />

offerings<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Access to equities, fixed income, FX, structured products and<br />

mature funds<br />

Ad hoc financial advice on investment needs (typically for pension<br />

provision, long-term savings and investments) and establishing<br />

Trusts via referrals<br />

Share dealing (execution only transactions carried out on receipt of<br />

instructions from the Individual)<br />

International banking services<br />

Channels<br />

1.2.4 Individuals can be on-boarded to HSBC through various channels. These procedures use the<br />

following terms:<br />

Figure 1.3: On-boarding Channels<br />

Face-to-face<br />

Non Face-to-face<br />

Intermediary<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

At on-boarding, the Individual <strong>Customer</strong> has face-to-face contact with HSBC. As an<br />

example, this would encompass all individuals that come to a branch in person in<br />

order to open accounts.<br />

Where an account is opened in <strong>RBWM</strong> through the International Banking Centre (IBC)<br />

for an existing customer of the referring booking office, the account may also be<br />

classified as face-to-face at account opening.<br />

At on-boarding, the Individual <strong>Customer</strong> deals with HSBC through telephone, internet,<br />

mobile banking, and postal applications only and there is no face-to-face contact<br />

during this process.<br />

Where the customer is introduced by an HSBC approved intermediary and has been<br />

seen by the intermediary face-to-face, it is acceptable to follow the guidance for faceto-face<br />

business<br />

Where the customer has not been seen face-to-face by the intermediary or where the<br />

intermediary has not been approved by HSBC then non face-to-face guidance must<br />

be applied<br />

1<br />

This is HSBCs internal terminology<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 6


Residency<br />

1.2.5 <strong>CDD</strong> also considers the residency status of the <strong>Customer</strong>. Three key terms apply in these<br />

procedures:<br />

Figure 1.4 Residency Definitions for Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Resident Individual<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Non-Resident<br />

Individual<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Tax Residency<br />

A <strong>Customer</strong> whose permanent residential address is in the same country as the HSBC<br />

booking office. In predominately expat markets, it is a customer whose current mailing and<br />

residential addresses on file are in the same country as the HSBC booking centre<br />

A <strong>Customer</strong> whose permanent residential address is not in the same country as the HSBC<br />

booking office.<br />

The tax residence status of a <strong>Customer</strong> generally determines which country has the<br />

primary right to tax that person's income. It does not necessarily mean that tax has to be<br />

paid in that country and the <strong>Customer</strong> may also have tax liabilities in countries in which<br />

they are not tax resident (for example, if they own a rental property in that country).<br />

The definition of tax residence may vary between countries and will depend in each case<br />

on a number of factors, for example, where a <strong>Customer</strong> lives or, if the <strong>Customer</strong> is an<br />

Entity, where that Entity is incorporated. Other circumstances that may be taken into<br />

account include the number of days spent in a country or where the <strong>Customer</strong>'s centre of<br />

economic interest is.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

It is possible to have more than one residence for tax purposes ("dual residence").<br />

If a <strong>Customer</strong> is tax resident in more than one jurisdiction each location should be<br />

recorded.<br />

Although extremely rare, it is also possible for a <strong>Customer</strong> to be not tax resident in<br />

any jurisdiction. Any claims by <strong>Customer</strong>s that they are not tax resident in any<br />

country should be treated with caution and further validation sought.<br />

Important Note: Country of Tax Residence will be provided by the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

Documentary evidence such as a tax certificate issued by tax authorities, is not<br />

mandatory, unless it is a local regulatory requirement or pursuant to HSBC's own<br />

risk.<br />

If the <strong>Customer</strong> confirms to HSBC that he/she has tax filing obligations based on<br />

citizenship or nationality or other criteria rather than residency, this information (i.e.<br />

Country of tax obligations) should also be captured in the customer's profile. If the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> confirms to HSBC that he/she has tax filing obligations based on<br />

citizenship or nationality or other criteria rather than residency, this information (i.e.<br />

Country of tax obligations) should also be captured in the customer's profile.<br />

1.3 Definitions of Connected Parties<br />

1.3.1 In the context of an Individual, Connected Parties may be Natural Persons or Entities which may<br />

exercise control over individual customers, examples of which are cited in the table below.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 7


Figure 1.5: Connected Parties associated with an Individual <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Level of<br />

Influence over<br />

the account<br />

Control<br />

Direct<br />

Contribute<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Roles Example Details and Relationship<br />

Full access and control<br />

over the account<br />

Partial access and control<br />

over the account.<br />

Access and control will be<br />

established in line with<br />

their level of authorisation<br />

and responsibility towards<br />

the account<br />

Contribution to Source of<br />

Wealth or Source of<br />

Funds, i.e. transfers of<br />

funds to account or<br />

account holder outside<br />

the normal course of<br />

business<br />

Guardian/Parent<br />

Additional card holder/<br />

credit card holder<br />

Third parties given<br />

access to Safe Deposit<br />

Box<br />

Executor/Administrator<br />

Investment Advisor and<br />

Asset Manager<br />

Third Party Authority<br />

Contributor to source of<br />

wealth (other)<br />

A natural person or entity invested with the<br />

power, and charged with the obligation, of<br />

taking care and managing the property and<br />

rights, of a person who, because of age,<br />

understanding, or self-control, is<br />

considered incapable/unable of<br />

administering his or her own affairs (see<br />

1.3.3 and Table 1.6 PoA and PoAd below)<br />

A natural person or entity authorised to<br />

have an additional credit card on the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s credit card account.<br />

A natural person who has access to safe<br />

deposit services provided by HSBC. Safe<br />

deposit services allow the <strong>Customer</strong> to<br />

store their possessions within HSBC’s<br />

vault or premises.<br />

A natural person or entity responsible for<br />

executing, or following through on an<br />

assigned task or duty usually relating to<br />

the execution of a last will and testament.<br />

A natural person or entity responsible for<br />

investment decisions, managing,<br />

executing, or following through on an<br />

assigned task or duty usually relating to<br />

discretionary asset management.<br />

Where a <strong>Customer</strong> has provided another<br />

individual with signing authority over the<br />

account.<br />

A Contributor is defined as an individual<br />

(e.g. a spouse or parent) that provides<br />

more than USD 10k per month where this<br />

accounts for over 50%of an <strong>RBWM</strong><br />

customer's source of funds. The funds<br />

could either be deposited into the<br />

customer's account as a single payment or<br />

could be split into multiple payments paid<br />

into one or more accounts.<br />

In the event that two or more persons<br />

jointly provide a customer with more than<br />

USD 10k per month but, individually, they<br />

each provide less than this threshold<br />

value, these individuals would not meet the<br />

definition of a contributor.<br />

In the case of accounts held by Students<br />

and Insurance policies, where<br />

contributions are made equal to or greater<br />

than USD 75k per year then, subject to<br />

local data privacy laws, the contributor<br />

must be identified (full name, DoB,<br />

residential address) as a Connected Party<br />

to the Policy and screened on a regular<br />

basis. If local data privacy laws prevent<br />

retaining information on the Contributor,<br />

(refer to Global Data Privacy and<br />

Information Governance Guidelines) a<br />

Page | 8


Level of<br />

Influence over<br />

the account<br />

Beneficiary<br />

(for Insurance<br />

Contracts)<br />

Guarantor<br />

Roles Example Details and Relationship<br />

No influence over<br />

policy but value<br />

recipient. Recipient of<br />

funds following an<br />

event.<br />

No influence over the<br />

account but funds<br />

provider in the event<br />

the customer is<br />

unable to make<br />

repayment<br />

Beneficiaries under a<br />

pension or retirement<br />

scheme<br />

Specific parties due to<br />

benefit from any<br />

Insurance payment<br />

Guarantors for personal<br />

lending<br />

deviation to the <strong>RBWM</strong> Global <strong>LoBP</strong> must<br />

be sought.<br />

Furthermore, an employer paying a<br />

customer their monthly salary is not<br />

considered a contributor as this would<br />

constitute ‘normal course of business’<br />

Parties who benefit from a collective<br />

pension or retirement scheme.<br />

Parties who have been named on the<br />

Insurance policy to receive payment in the<br />

event of an insurable event occurring.<br />

A Guarantor is a party that agrees to be<br />

responsible for a Borrower’s debt or the<br />

Borrower’s performance of its financial<br />

obligations under a contract if the Borrower<br />

fails to meet its obligations.<br />

1.3.2 Connected Parties that are classified in the “Control” or “Direct” categories will either have a legal<br />

right over the <strong>Customer</strong> (e.g. a parent of a minor child) or will be appointed in this capacity by the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>. Outside of HSBC’s bank documentation (e.g. third party mandate), there may or may<br />

not be a formal legal arrangement in place between the <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected Party.<br />

1.3.3 Arrangements such as a Power of Attorney 2 (“PoA”) and Power of Administration (“PoAd”) are<br />

examples of legally binding arrangements in which the <strong>Customer</strong> nominates another Individual (or<br />

entity) who is not the account holder to be responsible for some elements of operating the account.<br />

Figure 1.6 outlines the definitions of each.<br />

Figure 1.6: PoA and PoAd<br />

Power of Attorney (“PoA”) A PoA can hold a number of different roles on an account. The role will be<br />

specified in the legal arrangement in place.<br />

A PoA may be held by a natural person or entity, such as a Law Firm, Trust, or<br />

another Corporate Entity.<br />

Typical restrictions in these arrangements include limitations around account<br />

closure, appointment of alternative or additional PoA representatives, changes<br />

to mailing addresses.<br />

Power of Administration<br />

(“PoAd”)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

A PoAd is an administrative mandate held over an account. The scope of the<br />

role will include the authority to manage assets held on a discretionary basis<br />

and can include the authority to take out credit facilities.<br />

The PoAd may be held by a natural person, an entity such as an External<br />

Asset Manager or another HSBC entity.<br />

Typical restrictions in these arrangements include limitations around delegation<br />

of duties, requirements to disclose conflicts of interests, and withdrawal and<br />

deposit of funds or assets into the account.<br />

1.3.4 A joint account holder will not be treated as a Connected Party but as an Individual <strong>Customer</strong>. For<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> purposes they will have their own profile and are subject to the same requirements.<br />

2<br />

Local legal requirements relating to privilege/confidentiality should be observed.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 9


1.3.5 For the purposes of <strong>CDD</strong> the PoA / PoAd authority over the individual's account must be verified.<br />

For example, by obtaining a certified copy of the PoA document. For clarity, within Insurance a<br />

“joint account holder” will be taken to mean a joint policy holder and as such would be treated as<br />

an Individual <strong>Customer</strong>. Therefore, each policy holder will be treated as a customer.<br />

1.4 Risks associated with Individuals<br />

1.4.1 There are a number of financial crime risks inherent in dealing with Individuals and, where<br />

applicable, their Connected Parties. Retail Individuals are often regarded as being lower risk as<br />

they utilise standard banking products and less sophisticated services and are most commonly<br />

domestic in nature. HNWIs and GPB <strong>Customer</strong>s can represent a higher risk due to the types of<br />

products and cross-border services they might require and the complexity of their financial affairs.<br />

Key Risks for the Individual <strong>Customer</strong><br />

1.4.2 The following table outlines key risks associated with the Individual as the <strong>Customer</strong>:<br />

Figure 1.7: Key Risks Table for the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Country<br />

Source of Wealth<br />

Products and<br />

services<br />

Impersonation<br />

risk<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s engaging in cross-border transactions may pose a higher risk to HSBC as it<br />

is more difficult to understand and trace the nature and origin of such transactions. The<br />

risk is increased where a Country is defined as High Risk as per the Financial Crime<br />

Country Risk Model (FCCRM)<br />

Particular attention should be paid to identifying transactions or business relationships<br />

with Sensitive Sanctioned Countries (see Global Sanctions Policy), individuals from<br />

such countries or individuals that are specifically listed on sanction lists.<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s banking in one or more jurisdictions and residing in another may pose<br />

additional risk to HSBC, due to potential lack of tax transparency, the complexity of their<br />

financial affairs and data sharing/banking secrecy limitations, particularly if HSBC does<br />

not have a presence in one of those jurisdictions<br />

Wealth accumulated by an individual could have been obtained by illicit means.<br />

Consequently, the source of wealth is inherently a key risk factor in the assessment of a<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s may have accounts with multiple financial institutions across multiple<br />

jurisdictions. This may make it more difficult to form a complete picture of the <strong>Customer</strong>,<br />

their Source of Wealth and Total Net Worth. Such complexity may also be more difficult<br />

for an institution to assess accurately the true purpose and business rationale for<br />

individual transactions.<br />

Certain products available to <strong>Customer</strong>s may carry higher risk indicators. Examples<br />

include, but are not limited to:<br />

Extending credit to <strong>Customer</strong>s who use their assets as collateral poses a money<br />

laundering risk unless the lender is satisfied that the origin and source of the underlying<br />

asset is legitimate. This risk may be higher where the loan is made in one jurisdiction<br />

and collateral is held in another.<br />

There may be a risk that the stated purpose of account does not correlate to the actual<br />

activity. An example of the risk is where an Individual who is self-employed conducts<br />

business activity through their personal accounts.<br />

HNWIs and private banking Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s can have the financial means and<br />

knowledge to access flexible and complex financial products and services. The<br />

complexity of services and products can favour anonymity and facilitate the different<br />

stages of money laundering.<br />

There is an inherent risk with Individuals that they are not the person they are claiming<br />

to be (impersonation fraud). The risk of impersonation is heightened when the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> is opening an account through a non-face-to-face channel.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 10


1.5 Risks associated with Connected Parties of Individuals<br />

1.5.1 The relationship of the <strong>Customer</strong> with HSBC becomes more complex where there are Connected<br />

Parties involved.<br />

1.5.2 If the Connected Party is an Individual, some or all of the same risks as laid out in Figure 1.8 below<br />

apply, depending on the nature of the Connected Party. Similarly, if the Connected Party is a<br />

corporate entity, refer to Chapter 6 for the risks associated with that customer type.<br />

1.5.3 The following table outlines key additional risk considerations inherent for <strong>Customer</strong>s with<br />

Connected Parties:<br />

Figure 1.8: Key risk table Connected Parties<br />

Financial crime risk<br />

Abuse of Power of Attorney<br />

(“PoA”) / Power of<br />

Administration (“PoAd”)<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Connected parties have influence, if not full control, over the account of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> and they can direct the flow of funds or transfer funds to or out of<br />

the account independently. Therefore, the possibility of the account being<br />

used by a Connected Party for money laundering purposes exists.<br />

The Connected Party may also be an Individual or an entity that is<br />

sanctioned or may otherwise be precluded from conducting transactions or<br />

payments in their own right and may be using the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account for<br />

their own purposes.<br />

Where the Connected Party is an entity it is important to “look through” the<br />

entity and identify its Owners and Key Controllers, as they have the potential<br />

to exploit the entity’s relationship with the <strong>Customer</strong> to commit Financial<br />

Crimes. These risks may not be apparent if only the entity itself is<br />

considered.<br />

The use of a PoA, fiduciary relationship or other Connected Party to the<br />

account, other than the <strong>Customer</strong> itself, may also represent a risk of tax<br />

evasion to conceal ultimate beneficial ownership of the assets or income<br />

derived from the HSBC account and subject to taxation.<br />

The authority or powers that the Connected Party may have over the HSBC<br />

account; e.g. mandate only to collect information from the account, mandate<br />

to withdraw or transfer or use funds of the account, mandate to sign on the<br />

account, may be used for the purposes of the Connected Party. These may<br />

not be in line with the <strong>Customer</strong>s’ best interest or may be entirely selfserving.<br />

1.5.4 As the relationship with a <strong>Customer</strong> evolves over time, there may be changes associated with the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>, their connected parties and/or the products and services they hold with HSBC; all of<br />

which may impact the risks associated with the <strong>Customer</strong> relationship. These should be considered<br />

as Trigger events and must lead to a review of the <strong>CDD</strong> profile and in some cases re-approval of<br />

the <strong>CDD</strong> profile, and the relationship with the <strong>Customer</strong>, would be required. (Reference Process<br />

Chapter 4 Periodic and Event Driven Reviews).<br />

1.6 ‘<strong>Customer</strong> type’ risk classification<br />

1.6.1 Individuals are risk rated according to the key risk factors identified in the FCC-RAM<br />

1.6.2 Where the <strong>Customer</strong>, or one of their Connected Parties, is a PEP, or meets other SCC classification<br />

criteria, the <strong>Customer</strong> must be risk rated SCC. (Reference Process Chapter 10 Restricted and<br />

Prohibited <strong>Customer</strong>s, Special Categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s (SCCs) and Prohibited Products)<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 11


1.6.3 Where a <strong>Customer</strong> is considered to be a HNWI, High Risk or SCC, Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

will be performed. The procedures for HNWI, High Risk <strong>Customer</strong>s/SCC are included within the<br />

KYC chapter for Individuals.<br />

1.6.4 Where there are concerns regarding the nature and purpose of the Individual’s account, the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Business Risk/FCC to determine what action should be taken,<br />

including the requirement to conduct Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) and the determination of the<br />

appropriate Financial Crime Risk Rating (FCRR).<br />

1.7 Reduced Due Diligence for Lower Risk Product Types<br />

1.7.1 Within <strong>RBWM</strong>, products exist that have limitations on the value that can be passed through them<br />

and / or that are limited in their functionality, such that they present a lower risk of being used to<br />

facilitate money laundering Certain products offered by <strong>RBWM</strong> are deemed "lower risk" as the<br />

account functionality and transaction limitations (e.g. value/volume of transactions) means that the<br />

risk of abuse by money launderers may be considered low.<br />

1.7.2 Types of lower risk products include:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Payroll Accounts<br />

Retirement or Benefits Accounts e.g. Social Security<br />

Credit Cards<br />

Certain Government mandated accounts<br />

Certain basic bank account products designed to enable financial inclusion<br />

1.7.3 While credit cards are also considered to be low risk from a money laundering perspective due to<br />

the existence of credit limits, monthly repayments and other scheme obligations, they provide<br />

greater functionality and additional payment options (e.g. cross border transactions, third party<br />

repayments etc.) when compared with another "lower risk" product.<br />

1.7.4 For any product to qualify as lower risk, where Reduced Due Diligence (RDD) is to be applied,<br />

approval needs to be sought as per the Product Approval form. (See Appendix 3)<br />

1.7.5 <strong>CDD</strong> requirements for Minimal Risk Insurance products are subject to the requirements set out in<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> <strong>Customer</strong> Chapter 10.<br />

1.7.6 Reduced Due Diligence can be applied where the customer holds one or more lower risk products,<br />

unless a lower risk product is combined with a credit card e.g. payroll account and credit card.<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s meeting the RDD criteria to hold such lower risk products alone, will by default, be risk<br />

rated as low.<br />

1.7.7 The combination of a lower risk product and a credit card could create a relationship which offers<br />

the customer the same functionality as a standard risk product (e.g. a current account). A full<br />

customer relationship is therefore considered to exist which requires <strong>CDD</strong> to be conducted. In<br />

summary:<br />

a) <strong>Customer</strong>s applying for more than one lower risk product continue to be subject to RDD<br />

unless;<br />

b) A customer with one lower risk product applies for a credit card, then <strong>CDD</strong> is required,<br />

or<br />

c) If the customer has up to four credit cards within any one brand / entity / (in the same<br />

name and same jurisdiction) then RDD applies. <strong>CDD</strong> should apply where this criteria is<br />

no longer met.<br />

d) High Risk/SCC/PEP customers are not eligible for RDD.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 12


e) RDD should not be applied where there are Sanctions screening hits.<br />

1.7.8 Where these low risk products exist, countries may apply a reduced level of <strong>CDD</strong> to support the<br />

principles of financial inclusion and to recognise the appropriate reduced risk associated with these<br />

products.<br />

1.7.9 With the exception of credit cards, Countries must identify all lower risk products to which Reduced<br />

Due Diligence standards should apply (as outlined in this <strong>LoBP</strong>) and approval must be sought from<br />

both 1st and 2nd Line of Defence. 1st Line of Defence Approval must be sought through the <strong>RBWM</strong><br />

<strong>CDD</strong> Exco (following approval at Country and Regional level). 2nd Line approval is required from<br />

the <strong>RBWM</strong> Head of AML (at a Country, Regional and Global level).<br />

1.7.10 Appendix 3 provides a copy of the RDD Product Approval Form which should be completed and<br />

submitted to the above approval authorities for each product.<br />

1.7.11 Appendix 4 details the RDD Product Approval Log which should be used to detail each product for<br />

which lower risk product approval has been granted, following the above approval process.<br />

Countries should complete and maintain this log as an auditable record of their lower risk products.<br />

1.7.12 In the event that a country is unable to apply the full Reduced Due Diligence requirements as<br />

outlined in this <strong>LoBP</strong> then a dispensation against the Global AML Policy would be required.<br />

1.8 ID&V - Requirements for an Individual <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Reduced Due Diligence<br />

1.8.1 For lower risk products, where reduced due diligence may be applied (see 1.7 above) the ID&V<br />

requirements below should be followed:<br />

Figure 1.9: Minimum ID&V requirements for Reduced Due Diligence<br />

Requirements<br />

Identification<br />

Electronic or Documentary<br />

verification<br />

Full name 3 Yes Yes<br />

Date of birth Yes Yes 4<br />

Residential address 5 Yes Yes<br />

Nationality/Citizenship (including all<br />

nationalities/ citizenships held)<br />

Country of Tax residence 6<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Verification not required<br />

3<br />

Where the <strong>Customer</strong> has another recorded name this must also be captured e.g. where the <strong>Customer</strong> has changed their name.<br />

4<br />

Unless the <strong>Customer</strong> is being electronically verified or the primary document used for documentary verification does not contain<br />

Date of Birth, subject to Business Risk/FCC approval.<br />

5<br />

"Residential address" is defined in the Glossary. If a <strong>Customer</strong> has multiple residential addresses, all must be captured. Only<br />

primary residential address needs to be verified through electronic or documentary verification<br />

6<br />

It should be noted that local or global regulatory requirements may require verification of Tax Residence. Where this is the case,<br />

such regulation must be followed<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 13


7<br />

Tax Identification Number Yes 8<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence<br />

1.8.2 This section covers the minimum requirements for Identification and Verification of the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

at on-boarding (as set out in Figure 1.10 below).<br />

1.8.3 Non-resident <strong>Customer</strong>s are to be identified and verified in accordance with the same standard<br />

requirements as resident <strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

Figure 1.10: Minimum ID&V requirements for all Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Requirements<br />

Identification<br />

Electronic or Documentary<br />

verification<br />

Full name 9 Yes Yes<br />

Date of birth Yes Yes 10<br />

Residential address 11 Yes Yes<br />

Country of Tax residence 12<br />

Yes<br />

Date moved to residential address<br />

At a minimum, the<br />

city/town/region/province and country<br />

of the individual's previous addresses<br />

for the past three years<br />

Correspondence address (if different<br />

from Residential address above)<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Verification not required<br />

Nationality/Citizenship 13 (including all<br />

nationalities/ citizenships held)<br />

Yes<br />

Country of Birth<br />

Yes<br />

7<br />

This is a unique Tax issued identification number that is specific only to the individual <strong>Customer</strong>. Where unavailable capture<br />

Government issued ID number. This, for example may be a passport number, the number provided on a government identity card,<br />

a drivers license number, a government benefits number or a social security number.<br />

8<br />

Unless the country does not issue identification numbers<br />

9<br />

Where the <strong>Customer</strong> has another recorded name this must also be captured e.g. where the <strong>Customer</strong> has changed their name.<br />

10<br />

Unless the <strong>Customer</strong> is being electronically verified or the primary document used for documentary verification does not contain<br />

Date of Birth, subject to Business Risk/FCC approval.<br />

11<br />

"Residential address" is defined in the Glossary. If a <strong>Customer</strong> has multiple residential addresses, all must be captured. Only<br />

primary residential address needs to be verified through electronic or documentary verification<br />

12<br />

It should be noted that local or global regulatory requirements may require verification of Tax Residence. Where this is the case,<br />

such regulation must be followed<br />

13<br />

Nationality and citizenship are used interchangeably in many jurisdictions. Local regulatory requirements may require verification<br />

of nationality/citizenship; where this is the case and legally permissible, local regulation must be followed<br />

Page | 14<br />

INTERNAL


14<br />

Tax Identification Number Yes 15<br />

1.8.4 In addition to the above minimum identification requirements, further information may be obtained<br />

to enhance the <strong>Customer</strong>’s experience or to facilitate communications with the <strong>Customer</strong>; for<br />

example, telephone number and email address. FATCA requirements may result in additional<br />

information being required for US persons.<br />

1.8.5 Post Office Box (PO Box) addresses are only permitted in Countries where complete legal<br />

addresses do not exist. If the <strong>Customer</strong> lives in an area where a PO Box is the only address<br />

possible, full details of the descriptive address (i.e. the location of the property) must be obtained.<br />

1.8.6 Where the <strong>Customer</strong> is identified as being a national/citizen of a Sensitive Sanctioned Country, or<br />

a resident of a Sensitive Sanctioned Country, the case should be escalated to FCC Sanctions.<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Verification Requirements<br />

1.8.7 <strong>Customer</strong> Identity can be verified through the use of Electronic and/or Documentary sources. These<br />

terms, as well as those for primary and secondary documents, are defined in the glossary (see<br />

Appendix 1).<br />

1.8.8 Where available and allowed in a local jurisdiction, electronic verification of the <strong>Customer</strong> is<br />

preferable and should be attempted first. In all jurisdictions where electronic verification is to be<br />

used, the approach to be taken should be documented and submitted to the Global <strong>RBWM</strong> FCC<br />

team for sign off. If electronic verification is not possible, documentary verification should be<br />

performed.<br />

1.8.9 Two verification sources are required, unless explicitly mandated by a local regulatory initiative<br />

(with the exception of Reduced Due Diligence, see figure 1.11), irrespective of the type of source<br />

(electronic vs. documentary). However, the standard level of verification required is dependent on<br />

the verification source.<br />

1.8.10 Where the use of one source is explicitly mandated by a local regulatory initiative, and where the<br />

source containing the <strong>Customer</strong>s: full name, Date of Birth and current residential address, is<br />

assessed as being adequately robust to be relied upon as a sole document, Country FCC may<br />

propose an amendment to the ID&V matrix for the Country addendum to allow for a <strong>Customer</strong> to<br />

be verified by relying only on that Primary document. The assessment undertaken must be retained<br />

on file by Country FCC.<br />

Figure 1.11 Verification sources<br />

Verification Source<br />

Electronic<br />

Verification<br />

Documentary<br />

Verification<br />

Reduced Due<br />

Diligence<br />

Verification Required<br />

At least one approved provider will be used to obtain the following verification:<br />

a) One match on a <strong>Customer</strong>’s full name and residential address; and<br />

b) A second match on a <strong>Customer</strong>’s full name and either their residential address or<br />

their date of birth.<br />

Two document sources, one of which must be a Primary Document.<br />

a) The primary document must confirm the <strong>Customer</strong>’s full name, Date of Birth and/or<br />

residential address.<br />

b) A second document must confirm the <strong>Customer</strong>’s residential address.<br />

One or more document or electronic source(s) that contain customers full name, date of<br />

birth and residential address<br />

14<br />

This is a unique Tax issued identification number that is specific only to the individual <strong>Customer</strong>. Where unavailable capture<br />

Government issued ID number. This, for example may be a passport number, the number provided on a government identity card,<br />

a drivers license number, a government benefits number or a social security number. Where customer has passed eID&V<br />

Government ID number is not required.<br />

15<br />

Unless the country does not issue identification numbers<br />

Page | 15<br />

INTERNAL


1.8.11 Where the <strong>Customer</strong>’s country(ies) of Tax Residence has been collected for Non-resident HNWI<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s and is/are not consistent with the customer’s profile (e.g. does not match any address<br />

or information provided by the customer) this should be escalated along with the documentation<br />

evidencing the inconsistency to the Country FCC team who will then escalate to the<br />

regional/country Tax teams if required.<br />

1.8.12 HSBC needs to ensure that it has a holistic understanding of the <strong>Customer</strong>; in particular that all<br />

documents which are obtained to verify a <strong>Customer</strong> are analysed and understood as a whole and<br />

cross-checked against each other.<br />

1.8.13 Although verification of identity is required, alternative means of obtaining this may be required<br />

where standard documents within the ID&V Matrix / electronic verification is not available or cannot<br />

be obtained. Approval must also be provided by Country FCC and also approved by Security and<br />

Fraud Risk.<br />

Non Face-to-Face Account Opening Verification<br />

1.8.14 Where electronic verification sources are used in a non face-to-face channel, it is mandatory to<br />

perform an additional check in order to mitigate the risk of impersonation fraud. This could be<br />

done through a variety of means including, but not limited to, obtaining additional electronic<br />

matches against the customer’s data; account activation requirements, additional electronic<br />

checks provided by third party providers, etc. The approach to be taken must be documented<br />

and approved by Global <strong>RBWM</strong> FCC.<br />

1.8.15 Where documentary sources are used to verify the identity of non-face-to-face <strong>Customer</strong>s at onboarding,<br />

(e.g. where electronic ID&V has not passed or is not available), where certified true<br />

copies of the original documents have not already been provided e.g. the customer has provided<br />

documents with paper application, it is mandatory to perform one of the three following steps:<br />

Figure 1.12: Verification<br />

Non face-to-face<br />

a) HSBC write to the <strong>Customer</strong> at the correspondence address provided, requesting certified true copies of the<br />

original documents. These must be certified by an approved third party source (e.g. embassy official, notary<br />

public 16 ) and returned to HSBC.<br />

b) Require the <strong>Customer</strong> to come into HSBC premises to provide documentation (in which case this becomes a de<br />

facto face-to-face account opening).<br />

c) Alternative means of verifying a customer’s identity and mitigating the additional risk of impersonation fraud<br />

associated with non face to face business. The alternative means must be approved by both Country FCC and<br />

Country Security and Fraud Risk and documented in the country addendum<br />

1.8.16 Where a photographic identification document is not available, the Business Risk/FCC function<br />

must stipulate alternative documents which can be used to verify the <strong>Customer</strong>’s identity. This is<br />

subject to local regulatory requirements being met.<br />

Approved Documentary and Electronic Sources for Verification<br />

1.8.17 ID&V matrices will outline approved primary and secondary documentary and electronic sources<br />

that may be used. Country FCC must ensure that lists of appropriate documentary sources for that<br />

jurisdiction are updated on an annual basis [e.g. in-Country ID&V Matrix].<br />

1.8.18 A printout from an HSBC system, e.g. Global <strong>Customer</strong> Directory (GCD), Browser Main Menu<br />

(BMM) or other, showing a customer's residential address, is not a valid verification document.<br />

1.8.19 The following key principles apply with respect to Documentation Standards:<br />

16<br />

Refer to Country procedures for further examples of appropriate certification providers.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 16


Figure 1.13: Documentation Standards<br />

Original documents must be seen by HSBC or be certified true copies.<br />

Documentary<br />

Sources<br />

Primary Documents (e.g. passports and national ID cards) must be current, i.e.<br />

unexpired.<br />

Letters and bills used as secondary sources should be of recent date (from within the<br />

last four months 17 ). In the case of students, the course dates stated in the Letter of<br />

Acceptance should reasonably correspond with the date of the account application to<br />

HSBC.<br />

Electronic Sources<br />

Electronic Verification is completed through FCC approved 3 rd party data providers. Key<br />

criteria for approval of 3 rd party data providers include:<br />

a) The vendor is registered and permitted to store personal data;<br />

b) The vendor uses a wide range of alert data sources and positive information<br />

sources that link an applicant to both current and previous circumstances and<br />

negative information sources, e.g. regarding identity fraud; and<br />

c) The vendor has transparent processes that enable HSBC to know what checks were<br />

carried out, what the results of these checks were, how much certainty they provide<br />

as to the identity of the subject and has processes that allow the enquirer to capture<br />

and store the information they used to verify an identity.<br />

1.9 ID&V - Requirements for Connected Parties<br />

1.9.1 The guiding principle is that Connected Parties that exercise a degree of control or influence over<br />

the activities of the <strong>Customer</strong> must be subject to ID&V. When assessing a Connected Party, care<br />

must be taken to understand the Connected Party fully; in particular how and why it exercises<br />

control over the <strong>Customer</strong> and/or the assets held by HSBC.<br />

1.9.2 This principle results in:<br />

a) All Connected Parties that are classified as parties who “Control” or “Direct” the activities of<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong>s' account below require full ID&V (according to Figure 1.14). These Parties will<br />

generally be appointed PoAs or PoAds or have 3 rd party mandates.<br />

b) Where a Connected Party contributes to the account, the requirement to identify the party<br />

and to hold their information in the <strong>CDD</strong> profile will depend on the amount the Connected<br />

Party is contributing to the account. For contribution thresholds for identifying Connected<br />

Parties, refer to KYC Chapter and Figure 1.14 below. In such instances, only identification of<br />

the Connected Party is required.<br />

1.9.3 Figure 1.14 below outlines the minimum ID&V requirements for Connected Parties as natural<br />

persons While verification of Connected Parties may not be required in all cases, Business Risk/<br />

FCC may require verification, e.g. in the event of a potential screening hit.<br />

17<br />

Some jurisdictions may specify documentary sources should be dated within a more restrictive time period, where this is the case,<br />

local regulatory guidance must be followed.<br />

Page | 17<br />

INTERNAL


Figure 1.14: Minimum ID&V requirements for Connected Parties<br />

Level of Influence<br />

over the account<br />

Roles Connected Party type Identify Verify<br />

Control<br />

Direct<br />

Full access and<br />

control over the<br />

account<br />

Part access and<br />

control over the<br />

account in line with<br />

their level of<br />

authorisation and<br />

responsibility<br />

towards the account<br />

Individual Yes Yes<br />

Acceptably Publicly Listed entities<br />

and Equivalently Regulated FI’s<br />

Yes<br />

Other entities Yes Yes<br />

Individual Yes Yes<br />

Acceptably Publicly Listed entities<br />

and Equivalently Regulated FI’s<br />

Yes<br />

Other entities Yes Yes<br />

No<br />

No<br />

Contribute<br />

Beneficiary (For<br />

Insurance contracts)<br />

Guarantor<br />

Contribution to<br />

Source of Wealth or<br />

Source of Funds, i.e.<br />

transfers of funds to<br />

account or account<br />

holder outside the<br />

normal course of<br />

business<br />

No influence over<br />

account but value<br />

recipient. Recipient<br />

of funds following an<br />

event.<br />

No influence over the<br />

account but funds<br />

provider in the event<br />

the customer is<br />

unable to make<br />

repayment<br />

Individual<br />

Acceptably Publicly Listed entities<br />

and Equivalently Regulated FI’s<br />

Other entities<br />

Beneficiaries under a pension or<br />

retirement scheme.<br />

Specific parties due to benefit from<br />

any Insurance payment<br />

Guarantors for personal lending<br />

Yes, where<br />

identified<br />

through:<br />

a) SoF; (refer to<br />

section 2.3)<br />

b) SoW; (refer to<br />

section 2.4);<br />

and/or<br />

c) Directed by<br />

business<br />

risk/FCC.<br />

Yes- prior to<br />

payment<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

Yes- prior to<br />

payment<br />

Yes, only where<br />

the debt is<br />

invoked and the<br />

Guarantor is<br />

required to repay<br />

monies owed<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 18


1.9.4 If an Individual is identified as a Connected Party, the following ID&V information is required:<br />

Figure 1.15: Minimum ID&V requirements for Connected Parties as Natural Persons<br />

Requirements<br />

Full name<br />

Date of birth<br />

Residential address 19<br />

Nationality/Citizenships<br />

(including all<br />

nationalities held/<br />

citizenships)<br />

Identification of<br />

Connected Parties<br />

excluding<br />

beneficiaries to<br />

insurance contracts<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Identification of<br />

Beneficiaries (for<br />

Insurance Contracts)<br />

Prior to Payment: Optional<br />

At Payment: Yes<br />

Prior to Payment: Optional<br />

At Payment:Yes<br />

Prior to Payment: Optional<br />

At Payment: Yes<br />

No<br />

Electronic or Documentary<br />

verification (Connected<br />

Parties that Control or Direct<br />

only)<br />

Yes<br />

Yes 18<br />

Yes (Unless, Residential<br />

address is the same as that of<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong>)<br />

Verification not required<br />

1.9.5 The identity of a Connected Party can be verified using only one Primary Document (Documentary<br />

Source) or one electronic match (Electronic Source), if it verifies all of the requirements in Figure<br />

1.15. If not, the verification must follow the ID&V requirements for an Individual <strong>Customer</strong> as<br />

described in Figure 1.11.<br />

1.9.6 If an Entity is identified as a Connected Party the following ID&V information is required about the<br />

Entity.<br />

Figure 1.16: Minimum ID&V requirements for Connected Parties as Entity<br />

Requirements<br />

Full Legal name<br />

“Trading As” name<br />

Registered office<br />

address in country of<br />

incorporation<br />

Principal place of<br />

business (if different<br />

to registered address)<br />

Evidence of listing on<br />

an Exchange and/or<br />

regulator<br />

Identification of<br />

Connected Parties<br />

excluding<br />

Beneficiaries (for<br />

Insurance contracts)<br />

Yes<br />

Yes (where applicable)<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Identification of<br />

Beneficiaries (for<br />

Insurance Contracts)<br />

Prior to Payment: Optional<br />

At Payment: Yes<br />

Prior to Payment: Optional<br />

At Payment: Yes<br />

One of either Registered<br />

Address or Principle Place<br />

of Business<br />

Electronic or Documentary<br />

verification<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

Yes<br />

Yes (where applicable) No Yes (where identified)<br />

1.9.7 Verification of the above ID&V information for an entity must follow the requirements for the<br />

applicable entity type (Please refer to the relevant Chapter).<br />

1.9.8 Where the Connected Party is an Entity that is acting in a Professional Fiduciary Capacity, e.g. a<br />

lawyer acting as an Executor or Trustee, or an accountant representing their <strong>Customer</strong>, unless<br />

No<br />

18<br />

Unless the <strong>Customer</strong> is being electronically verified or the primary document used for documentary verification does not contain<br />

Date of Birth, subject to Business Risk/FCC approval.<br />

19<br />

"Residential address" is defined in the Glossary<br />

Page | 19<br />

INTERNAL


directed by Business Risk/FCC, it is not necessary to 'look through' the entity to conduct additional<br />

ID&V on its Ownership Structure, UBOs and Connected Parties. In all other cases, a "look through"<br />

to the underlying natural persons owning and controlling the Entity is required.<br />

1.9.9 As outlined in the relevant Entity <strong>Customer</strong> Type Procedure, a Risk Based Approach applies to the<br />

ID&V of the individuals who own or control the entity. Where the identified UBOs or Key Controllers<br />

must be verified, only one verification source is required, unless otherwise stated in Figure 1.17.<br />

Verification can be completed using either Documentary Sources, or where local regulatory<br />

requirements allow, Electronic Sources. The information to be verified depends upon the<br />

verification source:<br />

Figure 1.17: Verification Sources for individuals who own or control the entity<br />

Documentary<br />

Sources<br />

a) Full Name and percentage of ownership/voting rights; and<br />

b) Date of Birth OR Residential Address<br />

Electronic<br />

Sources<br />

a) Full Name and percentage ownership; and either<br />

b) Date of Birth and Residential Address; or<br />

c) Two sources confirming Residential Address; or<br />

d) By exception, where Residential Addresses are not commonly used, two sources confirming<br />

Date of Birth or age and country of residence (and nationality, if legally permissible, if different)<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 20


1.10 Special Circumstances<br />

1.10.1 Some <strong>Customer</strong>s may not be able to produce identification information to the required standards.<br />

Such cases may include, for example, Social Welfare claimants, Individuals in care homes or on<br />

probation. Figure 1.18 below sets out the requirements:<br />

Figure 1.18: ID&V for Special Circumstances<br />

Individual <strong>Customer</strong> and Connected<br />

Party<br />

Benefit or Social Welfare claimants<br />

Individuals in care homes/sheltered<br />

accommodation/refuge<br />

Individuals on probation<br />

Prisoners<br />

Students<br />

Minors<br />

Individuals who lack the capacity to<br />

manage their own affairs<br />

Economic migrants [those working<br />

temporarily in the local country,<br />

whose lack of banking or credit<br />

history precludes them being offered<br />

anything other than a retail bank<br />

account]<br />

Refugees<br />

Asylum seekers 20<br />

Examples of acceptable documentary sources<br />

Entitlement letter or Identity Confirmation Letter issued by the relevant<br />

Government Department or Local Authority or country equivalently accepted<br />

document as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

Letter from care home manager or warden of sheltered accommodation or refuge<br />

or from an employer if the <strong>Customer</strong> is in work or country equivalently accepted<br />

document as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

It may be possible to apply standard identification procedures. Otherwise, a letter<br />

from the <strong>Customer</strong>’s probation officer, or a hostel manager, or country equivalently<br />

accepted document as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

It may be possible to apply standard identification procedures. Otherwise, a letter<br />

from the governor of the prison, or, if the applicant has been released, from a<br />

police or probation officer or hostel manager or country equivalently accepted<br />

document as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

Passport or National Identity Card and Letter of Acceptance from an accredited<br />

Institution on the local Border Agency list or country equivalently accepted<br />

document and correspondence as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

Passport or National Identity Card if available, otherwise birth certificate, medical<br />

card or country equivalently accepted document as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

Evidence of disability living allowance payments, personal introduction from the<br />

local Healthcare Trust or known private sector equivalent, or country equivalently<br />

accepted document as per the ID&V Matrix.<br />

National Passport or National Identity Card. Alternatively, country equivalently<br />

accepted document as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

Immigration Status Document with Residence Permit, or officially issued<br />

emergency travel documents or country equivalently accepted document as per<br />

the ID&V Matrix<br />

Officially issued emergency travel documents, or country equivalently accepted<br />

document as per the ID&V Matrix<br />

1.10.2 In situations when an existing <strong>Customer</strong> has died there may be a need to conduct <strong>CDD</strong> on the<br />

party(ies) who now control the deceased <strong>Customer</strong>’s funds (defined as a “Direct” Connected Party<br />

in Figure 1.5) and/or the Party to whom the funds are to be transferred (referred to as<br />

“Beneficiaries”).<br />

1.10.3 Beneficiaries of Insurance policies or Pension/Retirement schemes must be Identified, Verified and<br />

Screened prior to initial payment. Repeat payment to the same recipient would not require further<br />

ID&V unless there are changes to the recipient.<br />

1.10.4 For these Connected Parties the ID&V requirements are outlined in Chapter 1: Individuals –<br />

Identification & Verification (ID&V) (section 1.9), where the requirements are outlined in Figure 1.15<br />

for an Individual and Figure 1.16 for an Entity. The applicable Screening Requirements are detailed<br />

within Section 2.2 of Chapter 2: Individuals – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (section 2.2).<br />

20<br />

Local legal requirements relating to asylum seekers should be observed.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 21


1.11 Other Considerations<br />

1.11.1 During the <strong>CDD</strong> process and throughout the <strong>Customer</strong> relationship, information may be identified<br />

which indicates a heightened risk of Financial Crime. This information may require Escalation and<br />

the engagement of a Financial Crime specialist, or the upward revision of the initial Financial Crime<br />

risk rating. For further information refer to Process <strong>LoBP</strong> Chapter 5 Escalations.<br />

1.11.2 If any ambiguity or discrepancy is identified in the ID&V information provided by the <strong>Customer</strong> or<br />

full ID&V information cannot be obtained, the procedures in the Process <strong>LoBP</strong> Chapter 5<br />

Escalation and <strong>CDD</strong> Risk Acceptance chapter 7 must be followed.<br />

1.11.3 There are cases where HSBC should not on-board a <strong>Customer</strong> or consider exiting existing<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s. For further information refer to Process <strong>LoBP</strong> Chapter 10 Restricted and Prohibited<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s, Special Categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s (SCCs) and Prohibited Products.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 22


Appendix 1: Glossary definitions<br />

Figure 1.19: Glossary definitions<br />

Electronic<br />

verification<br />

Primary<br />

Document<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Electronic verification may be permitted in some jurisdictions, based on local regulatory<br />

and legal requirements. There may be circumstances where HSBC entities wish to<br />

undertake electronic verification of the <strong>Customer</strong>s instead of, or in conjunction with,<br />

documentary identity verification. These circumstances may include the verification of<br />

non-face-to-face <strong>Customer</strong>s, in order to supplement documentary verification.<br />

A Government Issued document with a photograph e.g. valid passport or photo card<br />

driving licence or identity card 21 may be used for verification where it incorporates:<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s full name and photograph; and either<br />

Residential address; or<br />

Date of birth.<br />

Government-issued documents with a photograph include:<br />

Valid passport<br />

Valid photo card driving licence (full or provisional)<br />

National Identity card<br />

Firearms certificate or shotgun licence<br />

Secondary<br />

document<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Secondary documents include other original Government or local Government-Issued<br />

documents or documents issued by public authorities.<br />

A government-issued document which does not have a photograph but incorporates the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s full name may be used, supported by a second document, that is:<br />

Either government-issued, or<br />

Issued by a judicial authority, or<br />

A public sector body or authority, or<br />

A regulated utility company, or<br />

Another regulated firm in the financial services sector which incorporates:<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s full name and either;<br />

Residential address; or,<br />

Date of birth.<br />

Blacklist A list of persons or organisations that are prohibited or suspicious.<br />

Permanent<br />

residential<br />

address<br />

Correspondence<br />

address<br />

<br />

<br />

The main address at which a <strong>Customer</strong> lives (i.e. address at which they spend the<br />

majority of their time).<br />

The address at which the <strong>Customer</strong> requests to have correspondence sent to.<br />

Other address(es) Any other address (es) where the <strong>Customer</strong> resides, even if for short periods of time.<br />

21<br />

Definitions for Primary and Secondary Documents have been taken from the current Glossary and are subject to change.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 23


Appendix 2: Tax Evasion Indicators<br />

Purpose and Scope<br />

The purpose of this document is to help HSBC staff identify factors that might indicate that clients are<br />

using HSBC’s services in order to evade tax, which is a predicate offence for money laundering, or<br />

commit a tax crime.<br />

Tax evasion or tax crime usually involves the concealment of beneficial ownership of income, assets, or<br />

gains that would otherwise be taxable.<br />

It can be difficult for HSBC staff to distinguish between tax evasion and arrangements which are being put<br />

in place for commercial, wealth preservation or succession planning reasons. Many clients will seek to<br />

invest in products and investments that legitimately reduce or mitigate tax. What the following seeks to<br />

provide is a number of factors that could indicate that client is seeking to use HSBC’s services to evade<br />

taxes.<br />

Please note that the tax crime in question might not be with respect to the country in which the HSBC<br />

services are being delivered but elsewhere. Experience tells us that tax evasion most commonly occurs<br />

where the client is hiding wealth in a foreign jurisdiction.<br />

The country of residency, citizenship or incorporation of the customer must be carefully evaluated<br />

especially when it is an international (multibank) customer opening an account in an offshore HSBC site.<br />

HSBC policies which restrict service propositions to non‐resident customers must be applied at all times<br />

and considered in conjunction with this document.<br />

When to use these Indicators<br />

You should consider these indicators at the account opening for new customers, during the course of the<br />

relationship with existing customers (periodic review, client visitations) and when escalating unusual<br />

behaviour to Financial Crime Compliance teams.<br />

Examples of tax evasion Indications<br />

The following is a non‐exhaustive list of customer behaviour that could highlight tax evasion by a<br />

customer.<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Behaviour<br />

1. <strong>Customer</strong> has indicated that he/she is not compliant with his/her tax obligations.<br />

2. A non‐resident customer seeking to use HSBC’s services does not appear to have a commercial or<br />

personal reason for banking in that jurisdiction.<br />

3. <strong>Customer</strong>’s personal contact details (address, phone number) or place of birth are inconsistent with<br />

other documentation used to evidence nationality or residence.<br />

4. <strong>Customer</strong> has expressed an interest in using HSBC’s products and services in order to conceal<br />

beneficial ownership of deposits and investments from tax authorities.<br />

5. <strong>Customer</strong> indicates an unwillingness to accept HSBC’s terms and conditions with respect to tax<br />

reporting requirements.<br />

6. Screening performed on the <strong>Customer</strong> or Connected Parties results in negative tax‐related news<br />

(e.g., allegations of tax fraud or convictions on tax crime(s)).<br />

7. <strong>Customer</strong> refuses to provide information requested by HSBC in order to comply with its international<br />

tax obligations e.g., US Foreign Account Act (FATCA), EU Savings Directive.<br />

8. <strong>Customer</strong> has been identified as non‐tax compliant in an HSBC tax‐related remediation review.<br />

9. <strong>Customer</strong> refuses to be contacted without a valid reason<br />

10. <strong>Customer</strong> behaves in such a way that indicates he/she might not be tax compliant or does not intend<br />

to comply with domestic or foreign tax obligations. For example client does not seem to be interested<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 24


in receiving or responding to HSBC statements and correspondence or seeks to conceal real<br />

residence or citizenship.<br />

Source of Funds/Wealth<br />

1. The source of funds seems unusual in that it is not derived from a history of investments, commercial<br />

gain or family wealth.<br />

2. When asked, the customer cannot confirm that the source of funds/wealth has been properly declared<br />

to a tax authority.<br />

Structures and Transactions<br />

1. <strong>Customer</strong> has set up a structure which lacks a legitimate commercial, wealth preservation or<br />

succession planning purpose particularly in a territory other than the home country of the customer.<br />

2. The proposed arrangements appear to be designed to conceal the ultimate beneficial owner.<br />

3. The arrangements being requested involves 3rd party authorised signatories, or 3rd parties with<br />

powers to access the client account, in a way that suggests the real ownership lies elsewhere.<br />

4. The beneficial owner of a personal investment company ignores the corporate formalities in accessing<br />

assets in accounts held in the name of the personal investment company.<br />

5. Unusual receipts and disbursements to and from 3rd parties indicate that the account is not being used<br />

for its stated purpose.<br />

6. Use of offshore companies to re‐route payments for transactions and services without apparent<br />

commercial substance.<br />

7. The use of bearer share entities (refer to global <strong>CDD</strong> procedures for bearer share accounts).<br />

Note to reader: If in doubt on the application of any tax evasion indicator or red flag, referral should be<br />

made in the first instance to the Country FCC team. In turn, Country FCC team will refer to Group /<br />

Regional Tax Function if in doubt of a customer’s tax obligations or position.<br />

Any changes intended to be made to this document must be previously reviewed and approved by<br />

Group/Regional Tax.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 25


Appendix 3: Reduced Due Diligence Product Approval Form<br />

<strong>RBWM</strong> Reduced Due Diligence Product Approval Form<br />

Country<br />

Region<br />

Product Name<br />

Product Code<br />

Brand<br />

New or Existing Product- if new date of NPAP<br />

approval<br />

Product Features and Benefits-this should be a description of the product, its features, benefits and<br />

distribution channel<br />

Risk Assessment Summary & Status- this should include details of the FCC RAG status (once the<br />

PRAM has been agreed) and any deficiencies identified in the sale, processing and or monitoring of the product<br />

together with details of any dispensations/deviations agreed re compliance with Global Policy<br />

Business Rationale for Reduced Due Diligence to be applied- this should include details of the<br />

control environment and monitoring in place and or proposed that restricts/permits functionality<br />

Approval 1 st Line- Executive Committee<br />

1 <strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> Country Exco. Date of Comm. Approval<br />

2 <strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> Regional Exco. Date of Comm. Approval<br />

3 <strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> Global Exco. Date of Comm. Approval<br />

Approval 2 nd line- Head of AML<br />

1 <strong>RBWM</strong> Country Head of AML Name Date of Approval<br />

2 <strong>RBWM</strong> Regional Head of AML Name Date of Approval<br />

3 <strong>RBWM</strong> Global Head of AML Name Date of Approval<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 26


INTERNAL<br />

Page | 27


Appendix 4: Reduced Due Diligence Product Approval Log<br />

<strong>RBWM</strong> RDD Product<br />

Approval Log.xlsx<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 28


2. Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the Objectives<br />

be achieved?<br />

Scope of Section<br />

Related Sections<br />

Guidance Sources<br />

To understand the nature of HSBC’s <strong>Customer</strong>s and any associated Financial Crime risks<br />

posed by them.<br />

The objective will be achieved by ensuring that key processes are used to understand<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s and how they expect to do business with HSBC.<br />

This section outlines risk based Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) procedures to be undertaken<br />

in addition to the ID&V procedures defined in Chapter 1.<br />

2.1 Introduction<br />

2.2 Screening – <strong>Customer</strong> and Connected Parties<br />

2.3 Employment Status KYC Information<br />

2.4 Source(s) of Funds<br />

2.5 Source(s) of Wealth<br />

2.6 Intended Purpose and Account Activity<br />

2.7 Other General Connected Party KYC Information<br />

2.8 <strong>Customer</strong> Contact and Visitation Requirements<br />

Chapter 1 – Identification & Verification (ID&V) – baseline content applicable to all<br />

Individuals<br />

Chapter 3 – Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) – baseline content applicable to all Individuals<br />

Global Anti-Money Laundering Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards<br />

AML B.1.1.2.8 Cash Services policy<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 29


2.1 Introduction<br />

2.1.1 It is important to understand the background and circumstances of <strong>Customer</strong>s who wish to open<br />

accounts with HSBC. This includes understanding the rationale for the services and products they<br />

request.<br />

2.1.2 In some cases it will be necessary to complete additional due diligence and to understand the<br />

Individual’s income, business activities and tax profile.<br />

2.1.3 A Risk Based Approach should be taken when applying Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) procedures<br />

to <strong>Customer</strong>s and may include:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Screening – screening of the <strong>Customer</strong> and any Connected Parties against PEP and<br />

Sanctions lists (being the Official Lists 22 and Other Lists – Refer to Screening - Process Chapter<br />

3), as well as Negative NewsScreening as applicable<br />

Understanding the Source of Funds – gathering information on the <strong>Customer</strong>s’<br />

Source of Funds<br />

Understanding the Nature and Source(s) of Wealth – gathering information on the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s’ Source of Wealth<br />

Understanding the Purpose and Usage of Account – gathering information on the<br />

purpose and use of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account in support of Transaction Monitoring<br />

Completion of a <strong>Customer</strong> Meeting or Visitation – meeting the <strong>Customer</strong> to enhance<br />

the overall understanding of the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

2.1.4 Along with ID&V, KYC information is recorded in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile in order to provide a fuller picture<br />

of the due diligence undertaken on a <strong>Customer</strong> at a given point in time.<br />

2.1.5 This chapter details the specific KYC requirements in relation to ‘Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s.’ Where<br />

applicable, the chapter highlights the Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) applicable to the Procedures<br />

for <strong>Customer</strong>s that are HNWI, High Risk or SCC.<br />

2.2 Screening – <strong>Customer</strong> and Connected Parties<br />

Parties to be Screened<br />

2.2.1 Screening against PEP and Sanctions lists (being the Official Lists 23 and Other Lists – refer to<br />

Screening - Process Chapter 3) must be applied to all <strong>Customer</strong>s and to any Connected Parties<br />

identified. These screening processes must be completed before any initial funds deposited may<br />

be withdrawn. All accounts where an initial deposit has been accepted prior to the completion of<br />

screening processes must have an inhibit marker against them to prevent any transactions,<br />

products, services or economic benefit being made available to the <strong>Customer</strong>. Once the applicable<br />

screening processes have been completed, the inhibit marker may be removed. 24<br />

2.2.2 If it is known that a <strong>Customer</strong> and/or Connected Parties has changed its name in the past,<br />

Screening against Official and Other lists should include both the new name as well as the previous<br />

name(s). If the <strong>Customer</strong>’s and/or Connected Parties name has changed within 5 years, both the<br />

new and previous name should also be subject to Negative NewsScreening.<br />

22 The Offic ial Lists are the lists of individuals, entities or organisations who have been designated as sanctioned targets by the UN, UK, US, EU or HK. The Official Lists<br />

which must be screened are set out in the Global Sanctions Policy.<br />

23 The Official Lists are the lists of individuals, entities or organisations who have been designated as sanctioned targets by the UN, UK, US, EU or HK. The Official Lists which<br />

must be screened are set out in the Global Sanctions Policy.<br />

24<br />

Automated screening should be completed as soon as possible but no later than 48 hours after the customer has been onboarded. Pre-screening<br />

should be undertaken where a <strong>Customer</strong> has the ability to transact prior to automated screening.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 30


2.2.3 The Screening Chapter defines the applicable data points of each <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected<br />

Party (e.g. name, country of residence) that need to be screened.<br />

2.2.4 Negative NewsScreening helps to identify adverse information about <strong>Customer</strong>s in order to take<br />

necessary steps to protect HSBC’s reputation (see Glossary for definitions of each) and is<br />

undertaken following a Risk Based Approach on both the <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected Parties.<br />

The following table sets out the Risk Based Approach by <strong>Customer</strong> Segment and FCRR:<br />

Figure 2.1: Mandatory screening requirements for <strong>Customer</strong>s and their Connected Parties<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

Segments<br />

FCRR<br />

Official and<br />

Other Screening<br />

Lists<br />

(PEP/Sanctions)<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> and<br />

Connected<br />

Parties<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

Negative<br />

News<br />

Connected<br />

Party<br />

High Risk / SCC Yes Yes Yes<br />

Retail<br />

Medium Yes No No<br />

Low Yes No No<br />

Safe Custody Services (in line with AML - Safe Custody FIM at all FCRR<br />

High Risk / SCC Yes Yes Yes<br />

HNWI<br />

Medium Yes Yes Yes<br />

Low Yes Yes Yes<br />

2.2.5 The application of Negative News Screening for all HNWI <strong>Customer</strong>s, across all risk levels, reflects<br />

the greater complexity and the international footprint of many HNWI <strong>Customer</strong>s and the time frame<br />

over which Financial Crime may evolve.<br />

2.2.6 Where the Connected Party is an entity, screening against PEP and Sanctions lists (refer to<br />

Screening – Process Chapter 3) must be performed in all cases on both the entity and the<br />

Connected Parties of the entity that have been identified.<br />

2.2.7 In addition to the above screening requirements, other screening controls are performed at onboarding<br />

and on an on-going basis (e.g. Fraud Screening and Transaction Monitoring).<br />

2.2.8 Where an automated negative news screening tool is available the parameters of that tool must be<br />

documented and approved by Global <strong>RBWM</strong> FCC.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 31


2.3 Employment Status KYC Information<br />

2.3.1 In order to understand the funding of the account, the Individuals’ employment status must be<br />

identified and validated according to Figure 2.2 below.<br />

Figure 2.2: Employment status minimum Validation requirements<br />

Identify Validate Information Required<br />

All<br />

Employed<br />

Determine employment status: Employed, Business Owner or Key Controller, Sole<br />

Trader, Student, Not employed or Retired<br />

Yes No ­ If employed: obtain occupation, name of employer 25 ,<br />

employers address (City & Country) and salary<br />

Business Owner/ Key<br />

Controller/ Self-employed/<br />

Sole trader<br />

Yes No ­ If business owner, key controller or self-employed:<br />

name of business, job title, business activity, location<br />

and earnings<br />

Student<br />

Yes Yes ­ Course end date<br />

­ Obtain evidence of student status<br />

Not in Employment<br />

Yes No ­ If person receives social security/benefits<br />

­<br />

Yes No ­ Source and amount of income<br />

­ If known HNWI, Prior employment status.<br />

Retired<br />

­ If prior employment was business owner/key<br />

controller/Self-employed/Sole trader: obtain business<br />

activity<br />

*See Appendix 4 for guidance on personal accounts being used for business purposes.<br />

2.3.2 For <strong>Customer</strong>s where detailed SoW information is obtained in line with section 2.5, judgment is<br />

required when concluding on what documents, if any, are additionally required to validate that<br />

employment status. As an example, if detailed employment SoW information is received for a HNWI<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>, obtaining a payslip may not be required to validate the employment status.<br />

2.4 Source(s) of Funds<br />

2.4.1 The <strong>Customer</strong>’s Source of Funds (SoF) refers to the origin and means of transfer of currency/<br />

financial instruments deposited, which includes the amount to be transferred to the HSBC account<br />

at onboarding.<br />

2.4.2 The SoF differs from SoW in that it addresses where the funds to be deposited with HSBC originate<br />

from, rather than how they were generated. For example, SoW could be accumulated savings from<br />

employment salary whereas the corresponding SoF would be the salary payment from the<br />

employer to be paid into the <strong>Customer</strong>s' bank account (refer to glossary for definition of SoF and<br />

Source of Wealth (SoW)).<br />

2.4.3 It is necessary to understand both the initial deposits into an account and the on-going funding of<br />

that account. The origin of the funds and means of transfer needs to be identified; and, depending<br />

on the amount or the risk rating of the account, validated prior to account opening (See Appendix<br />

1)<br />

25<br />

Where it is known the employer is located in a Sensitive Sanctioned Country escalate to FCC.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 32


Definitions<br />

Figure 2.3: Definitions<br />

Identification<br />

Information obtained from conversation with the <strong>Customer</strong> (e.g. Employer’s name and<br />

address, details of inheritance). Depending on the type of <strong>Customer</strong> (refer to <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Chapter 1, section 1.2) and FCRR, the <strong>Customer</strong> might be asked a standard set of questions<br />

or, reflective of the level of risk, additional detailed questions.<br />

Example: ask the <strong>Customer</strong> for the required information and document the response within the<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> profile.<br />

Validation<br />

Validation describes the process of corroborating (i.e. supporting with evidence) Source of<br />

Funds / Source of Wealth information. This is performed using documents provided by the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

Validation should not be confused with the verification process in the context of ID&V of<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s and their Connected Parties (see <strong>Customer</strong> Chapter 1).<br />

Example: obtaining a bank statement or pay slip from a customer to validate their SoF.<br />

3 rd Party<br />

Validation<br />

3 rd Party Validation describes the process of corroborating (i.e. supporting with evidence)<br />

Source of Funds / Source of Wealth information by either using a Party other than the<br />

customer to obtain relevant information and documents or to certify documents as true copies<br />

of the original (See Appendix 1 and Chapter 9 <strong>Customer</strong> Data Management, Verification<br />

Requirements and Key Risk Indicators and Management Information).<br />

Example: Using outside service providers for independent due diligence or performing a Credit<br />

Check.<br />

Example: Using the services of a Notary to certify that documents are true copies of the<br />

original.<br />

Verification<br />

Verification involves checking information provided against documents, data or information<br />

obtained from a reliable and independent source, in line with the concept of verification in<br />

ID&V. As there are few such sources for verifying SoF/SoW (e.g. government issued tax<br />

returns see sections 2.5.12-2.5.15 below), verification only has limited applicability to this<br />

chapter.<br />

Example: Using official governmental documents like tax returns issued by the government.<br />

Note to reader: Details of “independent, reliable and approved sources will be defined in the<br />

ID&V matrix. If documentary evidence is used from such a source, it is considered to be<br />

“verification.”<br />

Source of Funds of <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

2.4.4 Retail <strong>Customer</strong>s will tend to have lower monetary value and less complex financial instruments<br />

transferred into their accounts at on-boarding than HNWI <strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

2.4.5 Where initial funds are being deposited in accounts of HNWI <strong>Customer</strong>s, the amount must be<br />

scrutinised to ensure that the expected funds received into the account are consistent with the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s or Connected Party’s profile in terms of size, nature and source. In practice this means<br />

ensuring the initial funds credited to an account are consistent with the expected Account Activity<br />

and Account Usage, as well as with the <strong>Customer</strong>’s SoW, which will be reviewed during periodic<br />

review or following a material event driven review.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 33


Source of Funds from Non-Cash deposits 26<br />

2.4.6 For non-cash fund transfers from other financial or banking institutions, there are higher thresholds<br />

for validation than for cash deposits.<br />

2.4.7 Identification of SoF involves gathering:<br />

a) the amount or value and type of financial instruments;<br />

b) method of transfer e.g. wire from previous bank;<br />

c) party from which the funds will be transferred e.g. salary payment or transfer of funds<br />

from the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account with another financial institution; and<br />

d) the country from which the funds will originate.<br />

2.4.8 The validation controls are risk based and relate to the expected amounts to be paid over the first<br />

12 months. Refer to Figure 2.4 below for the controls applicable to the SoF of customers opening<br />

the account with a non-cash fund transfer:<br />

Figure 2.4: Source of Funds for <strong>Customer</strong>s’ non-cash deposits<br />

Retail Individual<br />

Low/Medium<br />

Risk<br />

High Risk/ SCC<br />

HNWI<br />

Identification<br />

of Source of<br />

Funds<br />

Validation of<br />

Source of<br />

Funds<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

No Yes Yes<br />

2.4.9 For standalone credit cards source of funds identification or validation is not required due to the<br />

lower risk nature of the product, preset transactional limits and scheme operating regulations.<br />

2.4.10 For lower risk products where Reduced Due Diligence is applicable, Source of Funds may be<br />

implicit based upon the nature of the product e.g. payroll accounts or accounts for receipt of pension<br />

or other government benefits. In such instances, SOF will need to be identified, but the information<br />

does not need to be requested from the customer.<br />

2.4.11 A Contributor is defined as an individual (e.g. Spouse or Parent) that provides more than USD 10k<br />

per month where this accounts for over 50% of an <strong>RBWM</strong> customer's source of funds. The funds<br />

could either be deposited into the customer's account as a single payment or could be split into<br />

multiple payments paid into one or more account<br />

2.4.12 In the event that two or more persons jointly provide a customer with more than USD 10k per month<br />

but, individually, they each provide less than this threshold value, these individuals would not meet<br />

the definition of a contributor. Furthermore, an employer paying a customer their monthly salary is<br />

not considered a contributor as this would constitute ‘normal course of business’<br />

2.4.13 <strong>RBWM</strong> must enquire at account opening and periodic or event based reviews whether the customer<br />

has received, or will receive, USD 10k or more per month from a Contributor. Where a Contributor<br />

is identified and local data privacy laws allow for the handling of non-customer information, the<br />

individual's full name, DoB, country of residence and relationship to the <strong>RBWM</strong> customer must be<br />

recorded. The Contributor must be identified as a Connected Party to the customer's account and<br />

screened on a regular basis. If local data privacy laws prevent retaining information on the<br />

26<br />

Non- cash transfers include wire, cheque and other financial instruments (e.g. securities) transfers<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 34


Contributor, (refer to Global Data Privacy and Information Governance Guidelines) a deviation to<br />

the <strong>RBWM</strong> Global <strong>LoBP</strong> must be sought.<br />

2.4.14 Where contributions are made to a student’s account or an Insurance policy equal to or greater<br />

than USD 75k per year, the Contributor must be identified (full name, DoB, residential address) as<br />

a Connected Party to the Policy and screened on a regular basis.<br />

2.4.15 For all other <strong>Customer</strong>s, actual SoF will be reviewed against expected SoF in the following<br />

instances:<br />

a) Following a Transaction Monitoring trigger event; and/or<br />

b) At the first periodic review<br />

2.4.16 Part of this review will look at Account Activity and determine whether it is in line with the expected<br />

activity at on-boarding. Where initial expectation and actual source of funds or account activity do<br />

not correspond with the information obtained at on-boarding, the <strong>Customer</strong> must be contacted to<br />

understand the change in behaviour. If there are concerns that the activity is not reasonable or<br />

plausible, the <strong>Customer</strong> must be escalated according to the Escalations Chapter<br />

Source of Funds from Cash deposits<br />

2.4.17 Where at <strong>Customer</strong> on-boarding, the <strong>Customer</strong> indicates that cash will be used to fund the account<br />

on an ongoing basis; the following information should be documented in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile:<br />

a) The name of / details of the <strong>Customer</strong> or the Connected Party who will be depositing the<br />

funds to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account. ID&V must be completed for the Connected Party (refer<br />

to Chapter 1, section 1.9 for ID&V requirements for the Connected Parties); and<br />

b) SoF must be identified, i.e. explained, and validated by documentary evidence (e.g.<br />

Invoices, sale particulars, withdrawal slip from another Bank, receipts of earnings from<br />

cash business like a restaurant).<br />

2.4.18 Where a <strong>Customer</strong> is unable to provide the required evidence to validate SoF, or if there are any<br />

identified financial crime concerns related to the SoF or the Connected Party depositing the funds<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC, through the Unusual Activity Reporting (UAR)<br />

process, and the Risk Acceptance Process initiated.<br />

2.4.19 The AML <strong>RBWM</strong> FIM B1.1.2.8 AML Cash Services provides additional guidance relating to the<br />

enhanced consideration requirements and associated controls according to the value of the cash<br />

being deposited by the customer.<br />

2.5 Source(s) of Wealth<br />

2.5.1 The Source of Wealth section must be read in conjunction with the Source of Wealth Framework,<br />

Appendix 5.<br />

2.5.2 The <strong>Customer</strong>’s Source of Wealth refers to the underlying economic activity that has generated the<br />

wealth/net worth which the <strong>Customer</strong> owns and can be broken down into three key areas:<br />

a) Regular Income (salary)<br />

b) Major Events<br />

c) Growth<br />

2.5.3 The information required to understand the <strong>Customer</strong>’s SoW will depend on the particular<br />

circumstances presented by the <strong>Customer</strong>, including the extent to which their wealth is connected<br />

to businesses, inheritance or to other sources. The level of detail and the extent of the<br />

documentation and corroboration, where available, will depend on the type of customer and the<br />

customer’s risk level.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 35


2.5.4 Obtaining appropriate documentation from the customer is vital when seeking to validate SoW.<br />

This should be undertaken on a risk basis and does not mean providing evidence for all the<br />

money the customer has, every event or investment made in their lifetime, just those that are<br />

identified as ‘major factors’.<br />

2.5.5 The requirement is to understand and verify how the <strong>Customer</strong>’s wealth was accumulated, it needs<br />

to make sense and support the <strong>Customer</strong>’s current wealth position.<br />

2.5.6 These ‘major factors’ should provide a reasonable explanation of the customer’s current wealth<br />

and enable adequate documentation as to how it has been accumulated.<br />

2.5.7 The explanation of how the wealth has been acquired needs to be clear and comprehensible to a<br />

third party who does not necessarily know the <strong>Customer</strong>, in order that the information:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Is understood;<br />

Is coherent and plausible<br />

Enables the same conclusions to be reached;<br />

Is sufficiently detailed, and<br />

Builds confidence that the level of wealth is reasonable and comes from legitimate<br />

sources.<br />

2.5.8 A clear distinction must be made between:<br />

<br />

<br />

The origin of the initial Source(s) of Wealth – the activity or events that generated<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong>s’ accumulated capital, not just the portion that is invested with/paid to the<br />

bank for the initial deposit/account opening; and<br />

The origin of the on-going Source(s) of Wealth – the on-going activities or future<br />

events that will generate the capital that will be deposited into the account or premium<br />

paid/cash invested.<br />

2.5.9 The following table sets out the identification and validation requirements for SoW.<br />

Figure 2.5: Source of Wealth for Individuals<br />

Identification<br />

of Source of<br />

Wealth<br />

Validation of<br />

Source of<br />

Wealth<br />

Low/Medium Risk<br />

No<br />

Retail Individual<br />

High Risk/ SCC<br />

Yes – additional questions<br />

HNWI<br />

Yes – additional<br />

questions<br />

No Yes Yes<br />

3 rd Party<br />

Validation or<br />

Verification of<br />

Source of<br />

Wealth<br />

No<br />

By exception (refer to 2.5.14 and/or where directed<br />

by Business Risk/FCC<br />

2.5.10 SOW Identification and Validation is only required for HNWI, High Risk and SCC / PEP customers.<br />

The approach to Validation is provided in the Source of Wealth Framework.<br />

2.5.11 Active judgement and reflection are required when obtaining SoW information. Time should be<br />

invested before reaching a conclusion on whether the information provided makes sense and is<br />

plausible.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 36


2.5.12 A coherent and plausible picture of the <strong>Customer</strong> and their SoW is necessary for both Existing and<br />

New customers.<br />

2.5.13 In some instances, validation may prove difficult or impossible for the <strong>Customer</strong>, e.g. in cases of<br />

"old money" or a substantial inheritance made decades ago. In such circumstances judgment will<br />

need to be applied, considering the Source of Wealth Framework and the following approach for<br />

Existing and New customers:<br />

<br />

<br />

Existing <strong>Customer</strong>s: where we have an existing or long standing relationship with the<br />

customer, particularly when considering customers who have multiple sources of income,<br />

intergenerational wealth accumulation or have very public profiles, publicly available<br />

information should be considered first before asking the customer to provide validation.<br />

Where the events took place a long time ago and evidence is not available the RMs view of<br />

the customer should be provided based on the customer interactions and what we know of<br />

the customers history and previous activity to give plausibility to the story<br />

New <strong>Customer</strong>s: for new customers, we will require the <strong>Customer</strong> to validate the “major”<br />

events that have contributed to the source of wealth. Consideration should also be given to<br />

utilising publically available information, for the same reasons that this would be considered<br />

appropriate for existing customers.<br />

2.5.14 If the identification and validation of SoW is incomplete or the information does not initially seem<br />

reasonable, coherent or plausible, it might be required to validate the SoW using a 3 rd Party or<br />

verify, where possible. Thereafter, if doubt remains about the veracity of information provided by<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> or the information cannot be validated by the 3 rd Party or verified and the Business<br />

wants to onboard the customer, the <strong>CDD</strong> Risk Acceptance procedures must be followed.<br />

2.5.15 Examples of acceptable documentation are provided in Appendix 1. This is not an exhaustive or<br />

mandatory list. It is provided to support the building of a coherent and plausible view of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s Source of Wealth.<br />

Tax Returns as SoW/SoF Validation<br />

2.5.16 Sections of Tax Returns are not always considered to be an appropriate document to use for<br />

evidencing Source of Wealth or Source of Funds and should only be considered the primary source<br />

of documentation where other evidence is not available.<br />

2.5.17 Where Tax Returns are currently used, this practice must be reviewed by Country AML, FCC and<br />

Tax teams to ensure that the use of specific section(s) of the Tax Returns is appropriate. In addition<br />

if countries wish to start using specific section(s) of the Tax Returns as documentary evidence,<br />

prior approval from Country AML, FCC and Tax teams must be sought.<br />

2.5.18 When specific sections of the Tax Returns are used the following must be considered:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The Line of Business is to collect only those sections of the Tax Return which evidences<br />

the SoW and/or SoF.<br />

The <strong>Customer</strong>'s file is to retain only those sections of the Tax Return which evidence the<br />

SoW and/or SoF along with a description of how the section / line item was used in the<br />

verification process.<br />

Additional evidence (e.g. bank statements) may be required to support the information<br />

provided in the specific section of the Tax Return.<br />

Although there is no expectation for employees in countries, authorised to use sections of<br />

Tax Returns as documentary evidence for SoW and/or SoF, to have specialist tax<br />

knowledge to assess the section of the Tax Return, employees are expected to review<br />

the documentation in line with <strong>CDD</strong> policies and procedures.<br />

Note: Where concerns of tax evasion arise on review of the Tax Return section,<br />

employees must escalate their concerns via the UAR escalation process.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 37


2.6 Intended Purpose and Account Activity<br />

2.6.1 The intended purpose and activity of the account should be consistent with one another and aligned<br />

to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s profile, including their financial situation. In order to understand the intended<br />

purpose of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s relationship, information must be gathered in relation to the products<br />

and services that are used by the <strong>Customer</strong>; The Business must understand both how and why a<br />

product is being used (this may, on a risk basis, include the level of intended activity).<br />

Purpose of Account<br />

2.6.2 A clear explanation of the purpose of the account must be obtained unless the intended purpose<br />

of the account is implicit in the account, product or service e.g. a mortgage on a residential property,<br />

which is the customer’s primary residence. See Appendix 3 for further examples. Where the<br />

purpose of the account does not make sense this should be escalated to Line Management in the<br />

first instance.<br />

Figure 2.6: Information captured for Intended Purpose of Account<br />

Intended Purpose of account<br />

a) Type of account to be opened (for example Current Account, investment account, insurance)<br />

b) Purpose (i.e. rationale) of the account.<br />

c) Where the <strong>Customer</strong> is a Non-Resident <strong>Customer</strong>, understand and obtain a valid reason as to why such<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> wishes to open an account in a country in which they are not resident. A holistic understanding of<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> (activity) will facilitate a risk assessment of any apparent lack of connection with the booking<br />

centre.<br />

Understanding Account Activity<br />

2.6.3 It is important to understand the projected activity on the account, applying a risk based approach.<br />

The projected activity of the account and the on-going activity are key indicators for an on-going<br />

assessment and transaction monitoring of the <strong>Customer</strong>s' activities. In some instances where<br />

Reduced Due Diligence is being applied, the account activity may be implicit due to the nature of<br />

the product and associated controls.<br />

Figure 2.7: Understanding Account Activity<br />

Individual<br />

Account activity<br />

All<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Expected Total Relationship Balance (TRB)) for the first 12 months<br />

Expected transfer of funds in/out of the account (monthly value and volume).<br />

Other than usual day to day living credits and transactions will the customer be conducting<br />

any other cash transactions on a regular basis? If yes?<br />

a. Does the customer intend to make large cash deposits/withdrawals? Large as in<br />

volume or value is to be defined at Country and agreed by Business and FCC<br />

Intention to make/receive cross-border transactions. If yes, the countries involved and the<br />

purpose, monthly value and volume. Where the <strong>Customer</strong> has indicated that they intend to<br />

make/receive cross-border transactions from a Sensitive Sanctioned Country escalate to<br />

FCC.<br />

2.6.4 The information captured in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile supports the transaction monitoring alert handling<br />

process, as well as ensuring that the <strong>Customer</strong> is appropriately risk rated.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 38


2.6.5 It is important to ensure that the information regarding the products and services held, and purpose<br />

and use of the account/products/services, is kept up to date on an on-going basis. Examples of<br />

when updates may be required include further to Trigger Events or as part of a Periodic Review.<br />

2.6.6 Where transaction monitoring alerts cannot be cleared with reference to the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile, this may<br />

lead to a Trigger Event to review the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

Relationships with other HSBC Offices<br />

2.6.7 The customer must be asked whether they have HSBC accounts in other jurisdictions. Additionally,<br />

where in place, cross-border Relationship Management Systems must be leveraged, subject to<br />

data sharing restrictions.<br />

2.7 Other General Connected Party KYC Information<br />

2.7.1 To capture and mitigate the risks associated with Connected Parties properly, HSBC must ensure<br />

that it understands the level of authority, control or powers of the Connected Party with respect to<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> and to the HSBC account, which includes understanding the relationship the<br />

Connected Party has with the <strong>Customer</strong>, how that relates to their role with respect to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

account and the nature of business of the Connected Party.<br />

2.7.2 The requirements are captured in Figure 2.9 below:<br />

Figure 2.8: KYC requirements for Connected Parties<br />

KYC Requirements for Connected Parties<br />

a) Obtain a clear understanding of the relationship between the account holder and the Connected Party,<br />

explaining the purpose and extent of the connected Party’s role in relation to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account.<br />

b) When the Connected Party is an entity, understanding the nature of business. This means understanding<br />

the business type of the entity including applicable industry classification code (e.g. Industry, services<br />

provided)<br />

2.7.3 The purpose of assessing the above information is to determine whether the relationship makes<br />

sense and has a valid business purpose. If a relationship does not seem to make sense, the<br />

business purpose does not seem to be valid or the structure being set up by using the Connected<br />

Party seems overly opaque, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Business Risk/FCC unless the<br />

Business decides, in the case of a new <strong>Customer</strong>, not to on-board.<br />

2.7.4 If the <strong>Customer</strong> is not able to provide sufficient information or the proposed Connected Party is<br />

reluctant or unwilling to provide information and cannot provide a valid reason or explanation for<br />

this, then the Connected Party should not be on-boarded and consideration given to whether the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> relationship should be onboarded or exited. In addition, consideration should be given<br />

to raising a UAR.<br />

2.8 <strong>Customer</strong> Contact Requirements<br />

2.8.1 Regular contact with <strong>Customer</strong>s is key to any successful commercial relationship and the<br />

management of risk. This enables <strong>RBWM</strong> to remain up-to-date with the <strong>Customer</strong>’s professional,<br />

business or personal activities, investment profile and financial requirements.<br />

2.8.2 In <strong>RBWM</strong>, there is no policy requirement to complete a visitation. However, a visitation may be<br />

completed in lieu of customer contact, where appropriate. An example of where a visitation may<br />

provide enhanced information about a <strong>Customer</strong> is where the Individual owns a business and the<br />

HSBC staff member visits the <strong>Customer</strong> at their place of Business, supporting substantiation of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s SOW. <strong>Customer</strong> contact and visitation are defined below:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 39


Figure 2.9: Definitions of Visitation, Contact and Compliance directed<br />

Visitation<br />

A face-to-face meeting between the RM and his/her <strong>Customer</strong> at a place of relevance to<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong>, such as their place of business or their residence.<br />

Contact<br />

Refers to telephone conversations (non-face-to-face) and meetings with the <strong>Customer</strong> inbranch<br />

or other locations (face-to-face meetings).<br />

Business Risk/FCC may request either a <strong>Customer</strong> visitation or a <strong>Customer</strong> contact in<br />

response to concerns over a specific Financial Crime risk:<br />

a) <strong>Customer</strong> escalation to the Business Risk/FCC, Negative News report or<br />

Material Trigger Event;<br />

b) Sanctions related;<br />

c) Transaction Monitoring findings; and/or<br />

d) SARs 27<br />

Compliance<br />

directed<br />

In such instances the <strong>Customer</strong> contact/visitation may seek to:<br />

a) Validate certain information or obtain further information about the <strong>Customer</strong>;<br />

and/or<br />

b) Discuss a specific AML or related issue.<br />

In these circumstances, Business Risk/FCC will specify the type of contact required.<br />

Where contact is required as a result of a SAR being filed or as a result of other Financial<br />

Crime risk concerns, care needs to be taken to avoid “tipping off”. See Compliance FIM<br />

B2.17.1 for GPPs relating to the criminal offence of ‘tipping off’ and the importance of not<br />

informing <strong>Customer</strong>s that a suspicion report has been made.<br />

Minimum Contact Requirements<br />

2.8.3 Contact must be made for some <strong>Customer</strong>s prior to on-boarding. The required minimum frequency<br />

for all subsequent contact is determined primarily by the FCRR and is summarised in the following<br />

table using a risk based approach:<br />

Figure 2.10: Contact Requirements Table for <strong>RBWM</strong><br />

On-boarding<br />

channel<br />

Retail HNWI PEP/SCC<br />

Onboarding<br />

Non face-to-face Compliance directed Contact Contact<br />

Face-to-face<br />

Compliance directed<br />

Contact – Face to<br />

Face meeting required<br />

Contact - Face to face<br />

meeting required<br />

Periodic review Compliance directed Compliance directed Compliance directed<br />

27<br />

HSBC employees must not under any circumstances inform customers or any third party that they are considering filing or have<br />

filed an unusual activity report or SAR. This constitutes 'tipping off' and is illegal in most jurisdictions with employees being held<br />

responsible.<br />

Page | 40<br />

INTERNAL


Other <strong>Customer</strong> Contact and Visitation Considerations<br />

Figure 2.11: Applicable <strong>Customer</strong> Contact and Visitation Considerations<br />

Applicable to All LOB<br />

a) A record of completion of <strong>Customer</strong> Contacts and Visitation must be recorded in appropriate HSBC<br />

Relationship Management Systems or the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

b) Any kind of Negative News or reputational concerns arising from the contact or visit must be escalated to<br />

Line Management and Business Risk/ FCC for advice.<br />

c) When a <strong>Customer</strong> is reclassified as a SCC or High Risk, then those <strong>Customer</strong>s must be contacted or<br />

visited, in accordance with the requirements applicable at periodic review, within a maximum of twelve<br />

months after the change in classification.<br />

d) If any <strong>Customer</strong> cannot be contacted or visited within the requirements outlined above, this constitutes an<br />

exception, which must be escalated to Business Risk/ FCC for advice.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 41


Appendix 1: Source of Wealth<br />

The following table captures typical examples of Source of Wealth information and types of documentary evidence<br />

used to confirm it. It is not exhaustive and provides guidance only.<br />

SoW Sources<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

Employment<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Examples of data required<br />

Employer’s name and address<br />

Nature of the employer’s business<br />

How long has the <strong>Customer</strong> been<br />

employed at the company and the<br />

position held?<br />

Any other significant positions the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> has held (e.g., where/when)<br />

Annual Income/bonus for current year<br />

and approximate average income<br />

Identify whether there is share/option<br />

ownership<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Example Forms of Documentary<br />

Evidence for Validation<br />

Assumed Name or Doing Business As<br />

Certificate<br />

Copy of recent pay slip<br />

Confirmation from employer of income<br />

Copy of recent accounts if selfemployed<br />

Bank statements showing salary<br />

payment deposits from named<br />

employer (within three months)<br />

Business<br />

Ownership<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Name, address, and nature of<br />

company<br />

Main business activity<br />

Where the business’ bank account is<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s ownership interest<br />

Date business established<br />

Number of employees, locations and<br />

estimated annual revenues<br />

Explain where the capital used to<br />

establish the business originated<br />

If there are significant revenues from<br />

government contracts or licenses<br />

Describe the company’s history and<br />

how it grew to its present size<br />

Whether company is publicly traded<br />

Whether there are significant<br />

patents/inventions<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Certificate of ownership (this may be<br />

obtained by the Bank from a company<br />

registry)<br />

Copy of signed Company Tax Return<br />

(see section 2.3.4 – 2.3.6 for further<br />

guidance.)<br />

Audited Financial Statements<br />

For existing businesses, most recent<br />

three months of bank statements for<br />

the business account<br />

Official business entity documentation<br />

where ownership is noted, along with<br />

ownership by any other individuals<br />

Recent dividend statements<br />

Sale of Property Address of property<br />

Date of sale<br />

Total sale amount<br />

Date of purchase<br />

Total amount of purchase<br />

Was there a mortgage on the<br />

property?<br />

Does the value of the property<br />

correspond with the money being<br />

received?<br />

Active Wealth/<br />

Investments<br />

(E.g. Investors<br />

who buy and sell<br />

assets of any<br />

type. For<br />

example: real<br />

estate, securities,<br />

companies,<br />

royalties, patents,<br />

inventions,<br />

INTERNAL<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Name of the company where active<br />

wealth/investment are held<br />

Nature of investments.<br />

Details of significant investment(s) and<br />

When this investment(s) took place<br />

How the wealth originated to fund the<br />

initial investment(s) (e.g. real estate,<br />

securities)<br />

How the initial investment(s) grew to<br />

its present net worth<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Copy of the mortgage statement<br />

Copy of the valuation of the property<br />

(only when combined with proof of the<br />

sale of the property)<br />

Signed letter from Lawyer/Attorney<br />

Signed letter from real estate agent (if<br />

applicable)<br />

Copy of signed and executed sales<br />

contract or closing sheet<br />

Copy of the solicitor’s statement of<br />

completion<br />

Copy bank statement (most recent<br />

three months)<br />

Certified copies of contract notes<br />

Signed letter detailing funds from a<br />

regulated accountant<br />

Page | 42


SoW Sources<br />

Examples of data required<br />

franchises) Estimated net income generated from<br />

investment(s)<br />

If this is an entity holding other<br />

investment(s), identify type, current<br />

value, and approximate annual yield,<br />

return<br />

Example Forms of Documentary<br />

Evidence for Validation<br />

Real Estate<br />

Development/<br />

Name of company where the funds will<br />

be coming from<br />

Investment<br />

Name and address of company<br />

Nature of Real Estate properties/<br />

developments (e.g. type/ location,<br />

businesses, name of main projects)<br />

Explain where the capital originated<br />

from for the Real Estate investment(s)<br />

How Real Estate properties have<br />

appreciated throughout the years<br />

Significant number of rental units and<br />

type (commercial, retail, residential)<br />

Estimated net income generated from<br />

Real Estate properties (e.g., lease/<br />

developments).<br />

Inheritance Received from<br />

Date received<br />

Total value<br />

Type of asset inherited (e.g. land,<br />

securities, company, Trusts)<br />

Explain how the original wealth was<br />

created<br />

Identify history since inheritance, such<br />

as current occupation<br />

Percentage of ownership of inherited<br />

assets that currently generate income<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s Name of company paying the pension.<br />

Pension/Retired Employer’s name and address<br />

Person<br />

How long did the <strong>Customer</strong> work for<br />

the employer?<br />

Date of retirement<br />

Previous estimated earnings<br />

Explain <strong>Customer</strong>’s occupation and<br />

approximate income at time of<br />

retirement<br />

Identify <strong>Customer</strong>’s current sources of<br />

retirement income<br />

Is the money currently held in a<br />

pension scheme?<br />

Explain how the initial wealth grew to<br />

its present worth<br />

Gift Relationship of donor to the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Date of transaction and/ or frequency<br />

Total amount<br />

Name and address of party making<br />

the transaction<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Bank statements (most recent three<br />

months) showing regular income from<br />

properties<br />

Copy of a project contract or<br />

document giving evidence of a<br />

material Real Estate investment<br />

Capital and/or income accounts of the<br />

property portfolio.<br />

Grant of probate (with a copy of the<br />

will) which must include the value of<br />

the estate<br />

Copy of will<br />

Lawyer/Attorney’s letter<br />

Account statements and other<br />

documentation identifying the assets<br />

inherited<br />

Bank statements (most recent three<br />

months) showing deposits from named<br />

employer/pension fund/Social Security<br />

Annual pension statement<br />

Pension pay slips<br />

Withdrawal from another bank account<br />

Account statements and the<br />

documentation identifying the gift and<br />

the donor<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 43


SoW Sources<br />

Current or Former<br />

Government<br />

Official - in<br />

addition to any<br />

other applicable<br />

SoW questions<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Examples of data required<br />

Title or position (with the name of<br />

country) that the current or Former<br />

Government Official held or holds<br />

Whether the current or Former<br />

Government Official is/was elected or<br />

appointed to the position and how long<br />

the PEP has been/was with the office<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s salary and compensation<br />

from official duties<br />

Wealth and annual income derived<br />

from other than official duties<br />

If a former government official, identify<br />

current sources of wealth/income<br />

How wealth was derived<br />

Whether the Individual may still be<br />

connected closely to a current high<br />

level government official<br />

Sale of Artwork Details of the sale<br />

Origin of the artwork<br />

Description of the artwork<br />

Date of purchase of artwork<br />

Amount of purchase of artwork<br />

Lottery/Betting/<br />

Casino Win<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Date of win<br />

Total amount won<br />

Name and address of organisation<br />

making the payoff<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Example Forms of Documentary<br />

Evidence for Validation<br />

Bank statements (most recent three<br />

months)<br />

Financial statement for a legal entity<br />

(audited, if available)<br />

Inherited artwork: copy of estate deed<br />

including the list of artwork with<br />

description<br />

Acquired artwork: copy of the<br />

purchase contract or invoice, as well<br />

as the proof of payment<br />

Sales in a recognised auction house:<br />

copy of the related sale catalogue<br />

page, copy of the settlement<br />

statement and proof of payment of<br />

sale proceeds from the auction house<br />

Private sales: copy of the sales<br />

contract and proof of payment<br />

received from buyer<br />

Name of the artist<br />

Title of the piece of art and description<br />

Estimated value<br />

Auction house lot number where<br />

relevant<br />

Letter from relevant organisation<br />

(lottery headquarters/betting<br />

shop/casino)<br />

Certified copy of bank statement<br />

(month that shows deposit of lottery<br />

winnings)<br />

Copies of media coverage (if<br />

applicable) as supporting evidence<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 44


Appendix 2: Glossary<br />

Negative News<br />

An indication of adverse information about an individual, a legal entity or Connected Party that<br />

may or may not be factual<br />

Negative News involves public source searches using Group approved tools and requires a<br />

judgmental assessment of relevance and materiality of any finding. Further investigation is<br />

usually required to determine the veracity of the information.<br />

Examples would include criminal and regulatory enforcement action, Financial Crime violation or<br />

other illegal activity that was conducted or facilitated by the <strong>Customer</strong>, or any Connected or<br />

Other Related Party, or an internal decision to Exit a <strong>Customer</strong> relationship due to Financial<br />

Crime risk concerns.<br />

Data bases used for research can be specific to available LoB tools/ country and language<br />

Length of History<br />

The time horizon of the search should be restricted to 5 years or since the last search was<br />

conducted. This is referred to as “Recent History”.<br />

In certain circumstances, for instance, where Negative News is identified, this time horizon may<br />

be extended to establish the full facts, referred to as “Full History”.<br />

Search strings<br />

List of numbers and characters used when searching for Negative News. A comprehensive,<br />

locally defined, search string must be agreed with the appropriate Country Business Risk<br />

function.<br />

Source of Wealth<br />

Understanding the SoW looks at how the <strong>Customer</strong> generated not only the wealth previously<br />

accumulated by the <strong>Customer</strong>, but HSBC must also understand how a <strong>Customer</strong> generates ongoing<br />

wealth. SoW considers the entire net worth of the <strong>Customer</strong>, not just the portion which is<br />

invested with HSBC. For example, this could be the explained by the Nature of Business, for a<br />

commercial entity, or inheritance and employment salary, for an individual;<br />

Source of Funds<br />

The SoF differs from SoW in that it addresses where the funds to be deposited with HSBC<br />

originate from, rather than how they were generated. For example, SoW could be accumulated<br />

savings from employment salary whereas SoF would be a USD savings account at Country<br />

Bank Limited;<br />

The tax residence status of a <strong>Customer</strong> generally determines which country has the primary<br />

right to tax that person's income. It does not necessarily mean that tax has to be paid in that<br />

country and the <strong>Customer</strong> may also have tax liabilities in countries in which they are not tax<br />

resident (for example, if they own a rental property in that country).<br />

Tax Residence<br />

The definition of tax residence may vary between countries and will depend in each case on a<br />

number of factors, for example, where a <strong>Customer</strong> lives or, if the <strong>Customer</strong> is an Entity, where<br />

that Entity is incorporated. Other circumstances that may be taken into account include the<br />

number of days spent in a country or where the <strong>Customer</strong>'s centre of economic interest is.<br />

<br />

<br />

It is possible to have more than one residence for tax purposes ("dual residence"). If a<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> is tax resident in more than one jurisdiction each location should be<br />

recorded.<br />

Although extremely rare, it is also possible for a <strong>Customer</strong> to be not tax resident in any<br />

jurisdiction. Any claims by <strong>Customer</strong>s that they are not tax resident in any country<br />

should be treated with caution and further validation sought.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 45


Important Note: Country of Tax Residence will be provided by the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

Documentary evidence such as a tax certificate issued by tax authorities, is not<br />

mandatory, unless it is a local regulatory requirement or pursuant to HSBC's own risk.<br />

If the <strong>Customer</strong> confirms to HSBC that he/she has tax filing obligations based on citizenship or<br />

nationality or other criteria rather than residency, this information (i.e., Country of tax obligations)<br />

should also be captured in the customer's profile.<br />

Tax Evasion<br />

Tax evasion is a financial crime. It is the knowing and deliberate illegal non-payment of tax as a<br />

result of the failure to fully declare or report assets, income or gains to appropriate tax<br />

authorities.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 46


Appendix 3 – Products with Implicit Purpose<br />

This is not an exhaustive list and additional products, where the purpose is implicit should be included in Country<br />

procedures following both First and Second Line Approval requirements as outlined in the <strong>RBWM</strong> Governance <strong>LoBP</strong>.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Personal Lending - Auto Finance<br />

Mortgages - Home Loans and buy to rent<br />

Credit Cards, Charge Cards (or deferred debit cards), Co-branded credit cards, Affinity cards, Private label<br />

cards<br />

Insurance products<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Permanent life insurance policies, other than group life insurance policies;<br />

Fixed and variable annuity contracts, other than group annuity contracts;<br />

(Second hand) endowment products;<br />

A regular contribution investment linked product (e.g. pension scheme);<br />

Other products with cash surrender or investment features; this includes personal insurance policies such as<br />

investment bonds, personal pension plans, and annuity contracts.<br />

Pure protection insurance (i.e. no cash value);<br />

Group insurance products;<br />

Products offered by recognised charitable organizations, e.g. charitable annuities;<br />

Contracts of indemnity and structured settlements (including workers’ compensation payments);<br />

Term (including credit) life, property, casualty, health, or title insurance.<br />

Motor insurance;<br />

House insurance;<br />

Pet insurance.<br />

Minimal risk insurance products (products which have all of the following characteristics):<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Non-life insurance policy;<br />

Duration of 12 months or less;<br />

No surrender or maturity value;<br />

No investment value;<br />

Only pays out on loss from an insured event.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 47


Appendix 4 – Onboarding Guidance - Personal Accounts Being Used<br />

for Business Purposes<br />

1. If at onboarding a <strong>Customer</strong>’s employment status is identified as Sole Trader or Business Owner<br />

and they are seeking to open a retail personal account, it is important to establish if the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

intends to use the retail personal account for conducting business transactions. It is expected<br />

that this will be established whilst having discussions with the customer about the intended use of<br />

the account and expected transactional value and volume.<br />

2. If the <strong>Customer</strong> does plan to use their account for business transactions:<br />

a. In countries where <strong>RBWM</strong> operates a Retail Business Banking (RBB) portfolio the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> can continue to be managed by <strong>RBWM</strong> and be provided with a suitable RBB<br />

product to meet their needs. <strong>Customer</strong>s retained by <strong>RBWM</strong> in this manner must have an<br />

RBB marker applied to their record to identify them to ensure that <strong>CDD</strong> requirements are<br />

conducted appropriately for their <strong>Customer</strong> type. E.g. Sole Trader.<br />

b. Where there is no RBB portfolio, the customer should be referred to CMB following local<br />

referral procedures. CMB will present them with products and services that would better<br />

suit their business needs. Please refer to the appropriate CMB <strong>LoBP</strong> for further <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Type definition information<br />

c. In Countries where CMB does not operate and RBB is not offered, <strong>RBWM</strong> will be unable<br />

to provide the appropriate services to the <strong>Customer</strong> and no referral will be possible,<br />

therefore onboarding of the <strong>Customer</strong> should not proceed. The customer is able to<br />

open/retain a personal account however it must be ensured that the customer does not<br />

operate business activities through the personal account.<br />

3. There are a number of reasons why <strong>RBWM</strong> does not permit retail personal accounts to be utilised<br />

for business purposes:<br />

a. Reduced ability to undertake effective Transaction Monitoring to identify suspicious or<br />

unusual activity, therefore increasing the risk of failing to identify transactions connected<br />

to money laundering or terrorist financing<br />

b. Regulatory requirements of certain regions and countries formally prevent the use of<br />

personal accounts for business purposes<br />

c. <strong>CDD</strong> activities will have been completed to the requirements for Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

rather than Sole Traders, therefore will not have identified the required Nature of<br />

Business information. Please see Chapter 5: Sole Traders for further Nature of Business<br />

guidance.<br />

4. Actual account activity will be reviewed during Periodic and Event Driven reviews. Guidance is<br />

provided in Chapter 4: Periodic and Event Driven Reviews.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 48


Appendix 5 – Source of Wealth Framework<br />

• This Source of Wealth (SoW) Framework defines <strong>RBWM</strong>’s approach to understanding, gathering<br />

information and validating our customers’ Source of Wealth throughout their banking relationship<br />

with us. The framework simplifies our approach by breaking it down into three key areas:<br />

1. Regular Income (Salary)<br />

2. Major events<br />

3. Growth<br />

• The Framework and guidance material builds on the <strong>RBWM</strong> Team Time sessions, by aligning<br />

SoW to the existing EDRAS (sales) model:<br />

1. Engaging<br />

2. Discovering<br />

3. Review<br />

4. Act<br />

5. Serve<br />

• In order to help our colleagues understand how they can weave these requirements into their<br />

everyday conversations with customers. The material in the Framework will be used to develop<br />

meaningful and practical training enabling recipients to have more focused training sessions and<br />

discussions on the subject.<br />

• The Framework material has been prepared in such a way as to be ‘sliced & diced’ depending on<br />

the focus of the requirement at the time. It has been developed specifically with First line of<br />

Defence in mind, however it should be also used to ensure Second line of Defence has a<br />

consistent understanding and expectations around the capturing and validating of SoW so that<br />

there is alignment in expectation from an oversight perspective.<br />

:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 49


INTERNAL<br />

Page | 50


3. Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the Objectives<br />

be achieved?<br />

Scope of Section<br />

Related Sections<br />

Guidance Sources<br />

To identify, assess and mitigate the risks associated with Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s who pose a<br />

higher risk of Financial Crime, and where HSBC could be used as a conduit for Financial<br />

Crime activities.<br />

HSBC must apply Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) procedures on a Risk Based Approach<br />

in any situation which, by its nature, can present a higher risk of financial crime.<br />

Typically, EDD requirements involve gathering additional information about the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

and their Connected Parties over and above the standard ID&V and KYC requirements.<br />

This Section outlines the EDD procedures to be undertaken:<br />

3.1 Introduction<br />

3.2 SCC Risk<br />

Chapter 1 – Identification & verification (ID&V) – baseline content applicable to all Individuals<br />

Chapter 2 – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) – baseline content applicable to all Individuals<br />

Global Anti-Money Laundering Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Documents<br />

Global <strong>RBWM</strong> AML Policy Chapter 13: PEPs<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 51


3.1 Introduction<br />

3.1.1 The purpose of this chapter is to address Special Category <strong>Customer</strong>s including Politically Exposed<br />

Persons (PEPs) or where individuals connected to the <strong>Customer</strong> are PEPs and the level of EDD<br />

required.<br />

3.1.2 EDD is a series of extra procedural steps beyond <strong>CDD</strong> which are taken to understand higher risk<br />

customers better. The extent and depth of EDD, as well as who performs the EDD, reflects the<br />

potential risk posed by the customer, as identified in the <strong>CDD</strong> process. The emphasis in EDD is<br />

therefore on risk management, not simply documentation.<br />

3.1.3 EDD must be undertaken on all Individual <strong>Customer</strong>s that pose a higher risk for financial crime<br />

including:<br />

a) Special Category <strong>Customer</strong>s (“SCC”); refer to SCC Risk Section below;<br />

b) <strong>Customer</strong>s with a high risk Financial Crime Risk Rating (FCRR);<br />

c) Specific circumstances where, irrespective of the FCRR, additional due diligence is<br />

required to address higher risk characteristics; and<br />

d) Other instances as directed by FCC.<br />

3.1.4 The ID&V and KYC chapters (1 and 2) for Individuals outline the EDD requirements for this<br />

customer type.<br />

3.1.5 The ID&V chapter outlines:<br />

a) Document certification requirements for non-face-to-face <strong>Customer</strong>s (1.8.14 – 1.8.16);<br />

b) A risk based approach to the Verification of Connected Parties (1.9); and<br />

c) Where Nationals/Citizens from Sensitive Sanctioned Countries are identified, the case<br />

must be escalated to FCC (1.8.6).<br />

d) Escalation considerations where there are higher risk indicators (1.11.1 – 1.11.3)<br />

3.1.6 The KYC chapter outlines the risk based approach to:<br />

a) Negative NewsScreening (2.2);<br />

b) Source of Funds (2.4);<br />

c) Source of Wealth (2.5); and<br />

d) <strong>Customer</strong> Contact/Visitation (2.8).<br />

For further information regarding the EDD requirements outlined above please refer to the ID&V and KYC<br />

chapters.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 52


3.2 Special Category <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

3.2.1 An Individual <strong>Customer</strong> may be SCC due to:<br />

a) Being an Individual PEP or Connected PEP (SCC 01 and SCC 02 in Figure 3.1 and refer<br />

to Global <strong>RBWM</strong> PEP Policy<br />

b) Owning, operating or exercising any significant control in relation to any of the businesses<br />

or activities considered to be a High Risk (SCC 03, SCC 04,SCC 05, SCC 06, SCC 07,<br />

SCC 08, SCC 10 and SCC 12);<br />

c) Their level of exposure to a Sensitive Sanctioned Country (SCC 11, Refer to the Global<br />

Sanctions Policy for further information in relation to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries);<br />

and/or<br />

d) Any other adverse information or reputational risk they pose to HSBC (SCC 09) as<br />

directed by the HSBC Reputational Risk Committee. Refer to process Chapter 10<br />

(Appendix B) for further information on Special Categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

Figure 3.1: Categories of SCC<br />

SCC 01<br />

SCC 02<br />

SCC 03<br />

SCC 04<br />

SCC 05<br />

SCC 06<br />

SCC 07<br />

SCC 08<br />

Politically Exposed Persons (PEPs).<br />

For further information regarding the EDD requirements for PEPs (including their close associates and family<br />

members) please refer to the <strong>RBWM</strong> PEPs LOBP.<br />

PEP Associates or Connected person (includes immediate family members and close associates.<br />

As above, please refer to the <strong>RBWM</strong> PEPs LOBP for further information regarding the EDD requirements for close<br />

associates and family members of PEPs.<br />

Charities, Not-for-Profit Organisations (NPO), Non-governmental Organisations (NGOs), religious organisations<br />

collectively known as “CNNs” that exhibit high risk characteristics.<br />

Government and state-owned bodies (GSBs) that exhibit high risk characteristics and Embassies (e.g. Foreign<br />

Embassies, Consulates, and Foreign Missions).<br />

Crowdfunding platforms, Third Party Payment Processors (TPPPs) Issuers/Dealers of Virtual Currency and Money<br />

Services Business (MSBs)<br />

Gaming/gambling operations (Land-Based and Online).<br />

Companies that manufacture or sell weapons e.g Arms dealers and manufacturers.<br />

Certain Bearer Share Corporations that are an exception to the procedure Documents.<br />

SCC 09<br />

<br />

<br />

Entities and Individuals that pose significant reputational risk to HSBC e.g. customers who have been<br />

accused or convicted of money laundering, terrorist financing, tax evasion, bribery, or corruption, human<br />

trafficking, proliferation, organised crime, as well as those entities that pose sustainability/environmental<br />

concerns.<br />

Any Restricted customers which do not fall under a prescribed SCC category.<br />

SCC 10<br />

SCC 11<br />

SCC 12<br />

Offshore Banking License – Offshore licensed banks or an individual, who owns, operates or exercises any control<br />

in relation to this type of business activity<br />

Individuals or entities with a known and material level of exposure to a Sensitive Sanctioned Country (refer to<br />

Global Sanctions Policy) 28 .<br />

Individuals who effectively own, operate or exercise any significant control in relation to any of the businesses/<br />

activities listed above.<br />

28<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s with a known and material level of exposure to a Sensitive Sanctioned Country should be escalated to FCC who may require EDD<br />

measures to be undertaken in respect of the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

Page | 53<br />

INTERNAL


4. Trusts<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the<br />

Objective be<br />

achieved?<br />

Scope of Section<br />

Related Sections<br />

Guidance sources<br />

To identify, assess and mitigate the risks associated with specific <strong>Customer</strong> types which<br />

pose a higher risk of Financial Crime, and/or where HSBC could be used as a conduit<br />

for Financial Crime activities.<br />

Trusts require additional and/or specific due diligence to address their risk attributes,<br />

outside the scope of the standard ID&V, KYC and general EDD requirements.<br />

This Section outlines who the <strong>Customer</strong> is for due diligence purposes, and the specific<br />

and/or additional due diligence requirements for Trusts.<br />

This Section outlines the ID&V procedures with respect to the following:<br />

4.1 Introduction<br />

4.2 Definition of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

4.3 Definitions of Connected Parties<br />

4.4 Risks Associated with the <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

4.5 <strong>Customer</strong> Risk Classification<br />

4.6 ID&V of the <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected Parties<br />

4.7 ID&V Requirements<br />

4.8 <strong>Customer</strong> Screening<br />

4.9 Understanding Nature of Business and Sources(s) of Wealth<br />

4.10 Understanding the Intended Purpose and Usage of Account<br />

4.11 Visitation<br />

4.12 Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

4.13 HSBC as a Trustee - Introduction<br />

4.14 HSBC as a Trustee - ID&V of Connected Parties<br />

4.15 HSBC as a Trustee - Source of Wealth of the Settlor<br />

4.16 HSBC as a Trustee - Visitation<br />

4.17 ID&V of Trusts as Beneficial Owners<br />

Chapter 1 –<strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals: Identification and Verification (ID&V)<br />

Chapter 2 – <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals: Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

Chapter 3 – <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals: Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

Chapter 5 – Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (ID&V)<br />

Chapter 6 – Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (KYC)<br />

Chapter 7 – Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (EDD)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards Trusts<br />

4.1 Introduction<br />

4.1.1 The procedures below outline the <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence (<strong>CDD</strong>) standards to be followed for<br />

Trusts. Where the standards are the same as those for Corporates or Individuals, cross references<br />

are made to related sections in the Corporates or Individuals procedures.<br />

4.2 Definition of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 54


4.2.1 A Trust (<strong>Customer</strong> 29 ) is defined as a relationship created at the direction of an Individual or an entity<br />

(Settlor), in which one or more parties (Trustee(s)) hold the Individual's/entity’s property, subject to<br />

certain duties, to use and protect it for the benefit of others (Beneficiary(ies)). While the structure<br />

of the Trust may vary, this section is intended to provide procedures for Trusts whose structure is<br />

based on the intention of the Settlor to transfer assets to a Beneficiary/Beneficiaries (e.g. party<br />

other than the Settlor), and where the control over the assets is held by a third party, Trustee.<br />

4.2.2 A Trust is governed by a Trust Deed and is created either (a) for the purpose of protecting and<br />

conserving assets for the benefit of either the Beneficiary in a Holding Trust structure or (b) to<br />

operate as a business providing a product or a service to third parties in an Operating Trust<br />

structure.<br />

4.2.3 This document sets out procedures for the following type of Trust banked by <strong>RBWM</strong>:<br />

Fig. 4.1: Types of Trusts<br />

Private Holding<br />

Trust<br />

A Private Holding Trust is typically established for the purpose of wealth management so<br />

that assets of an Individual may be efficiently transferred from one generation to the next.<br />

Alternatively, this type of Trust may be established for asset protection purposes. For this<br />

type of a Trust, a Settlor may be an Individual, a Private Investment Vehicle (PIV) or a<br />

Private Investment Company (PIC).<br />

4.2.4 For the purpose of this document, Trusts are treated as equivalent to a legal entity type. It is<br />

acknowledged, however, that the extent to which a Trust is considered to have a discrete legal<br />

personality will vary depending on jurisdiction and the terms of the founding document(s).<br />

Moreover, in jurisdictions where a Trust is not considered a legal entity, the Trust may still exhibit<br />

certain characteristics of a legal entity such as bankruptcy remoteness and/or the ability to be bound<br />

by a contract.<br />

4.2.5 <strong>RBWM</strong> banks different types of Trust. Details of other types of Trust can be found in the Global<br />

AML Guidance<br />

4.3 Definitions of Connected Parties<br />

4.3.1 A Connected Party is a term used to describe a party, either a natural person or a legal entity, who<br />

provides assets to the <strong>Customer</strong>, has the power to direct the activities of the <strong>Customer</strong>, and/or is<br />

the Beneficiary of the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

4.3.2 The following table establishes definitions of the key Connected Parties requiring <strong>CDD</strong>:<br />

29<br />

For the purposes of this section, the term “<strong>Customer</strong>” represents the Trust banked by <strong>RBWM</strong>.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 55


Fig. 4.2: Key Connected Parties<br />

Trustee<br />

Protector<br />

Settlor<br />

(Donor/Grantor/<br />

Trustor)<br />

Beneficiary<br />

Other Connected<br />

Parties<br />

The Trustees of a Trust exercise control over the Trust property. A Trustee may be a<br />

natural person or a legal entity. Control is defined as a power (whether exercisable alone,<br />

jointly with another person or with the consent of another person) under the Trust Deed or<br />

equivalent or by law to:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Dispose of, advance, lend, invest, pay or apply Trust property;<br />

Vary the Trust’s structure;<br />

Add or remove a person as a Beneficiary, or to or from a class of Beneficiaries;<br />

Appoint or remove Trustees; or<br />

Direct, withhold consent to, or veto the exercise of any of the above powers.<br />

Control over the assets in the Trust is held with the Trustees but can be constrained by the<br />

terms of the Trust to operate within certain limits. Limits can cover all aspects such as a<br />

requirement to hold a real asset (property) or deposit funds with a specified custodian.<br />

Note: In some cases, another party may exercise control; such as a Trust Protector or a<br />

Settlor who retains significant powers over the Trust property either directly or indirectly (such<br />

as the power to replace the Trustee).<br />

A Trust Protector is a party or parties appointed by the Settlor to exercise one or more<br />

powers affecting the Trust and to protect Beneficiaries from a rogue Trustee.<br />

Trust Protectors can often make changes to a Trust, involving addition/ removal of<br />

Trustees, investment decisions, change distributions and, in some cases, modifications to<br />

or termination of a Trust.<br />

A Settlor is an Individual/entity that provides the Source of Wealth and/or Source of Funds<br />

for the Trust. The party who creates a Trust by a written Trust Deed is called a Settlor (or<br />

may sometimes be referred to as a Trustor, Donor or Grantor). The Settlor usually transfers<br />

the assets into the Trust; this can be at inception or during the life of the Trust. There may<br />

be one or many Settlors.<br />

A Beneficiary is any person, class of persons, legal entity (e.g. a Corporate) or Trust (e.g.<br />

Charitable Trust) who receives a distribution of assets or income from a Trust. In some<br />

instances, the Beneficiary may or may not be aware of their entitlement. A Beneficiary may<br />

be an Intermediate Beneficiary (IB) (an entity) or an Ultimate Beneficiary (UB) (a natural<br />

person) who is the Ultimate Beneficial Owner (UBO) of the IB.<br />

For the majority of Trusts, there will be clearly identified Beneficiaries or a class of<br />

Beneficiaries (e.g. unborn grandchildren). Usually, Beneficiaries or the Class of<br />

Beneficiaries are documented in the Trust’s Deed or equivalent.<br />

Examples of other Connected Parties include Sole Signatories and Power of Attorney<br />

holders, who may be appointed in positions of effective control of the Trust.<br />

4.3.3 For Trusts, the account applicant will be the controlling Connected Party, who will maintain the<br />

relationship with <strong>RBWM</strong>. The applicant will be following the instructions of the Settlor to set up a<br />

Trust account as described in the Trust Deed.<br />

4.3.4 The applicant for the Trust account may be one of the following:<br />

a) Trustee/Protector; or<br />

b) Key Controller, where the Settlor is a legal entity.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 56


4.4 Risks Associated with the <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

4.4.1 As set out below in more detail, Trusts can involve a higher degree of Financial Crime risk for the<br />

following principal reasons:<br />

Fig. 4.3: Financial Crime risks<br />

a) Property is generally transferred from the Settlor to the Beneficiary; and<br />

b) It may be difficult to determine who exercises effective control over the Trust.<br />

Ownership and<br />

Control<br />

Source of<br />

Wealth and<br />

Activity of the<br />

Trust<br />

Operating<br />

Environment<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Since Trusts generally include the transfer of ownership of assets between the Settlor and<br />

the Beneficiary, understanding the motivation of the Settlor is a key factor relevant to<br />

determining Financial Crime Risk.<br />

Particular attention should be made to complex Trust structures (i.e. where multi-tiered<br />

entities exist before reaching Beneficiaries and such multiple-tiers involve multiple<br />

jurisdictions), since these can create difficulties in identifying the role of the Connected<br />

Parties, most notably the actual Controlling Party. Consideration should be given as to<br />

whether the purpose of the Trust is to create distance between the Settlor and the<br />

Beneficiaries of the Trust (potential related risks include circumvention of sanction<br />

requirements, connection to a Politically Exposed Person (PEP), or tax evasion).<br />

Understanding the value each Connected Party is providing to the Trust is also relevant to<br />

mitigate the risk.<br />

The level of inherent risk may be reduced where the Trust’s Connected Parties are<br />

Acceptably Publicly Listed or Equivalently Regulated Financial Institutions and a higher<br />

degree of publicly available information and reporting requirements exist.<br />

Some Trusts may be established in one jurisdiction but its activities are based within<br />

another. This may result in control being located in a different jurisdiction to the location of<br />

the Trust assets and related income.<br />

To ensure that the Trust is not a money–laundering layering activity, the Source of Wealth<br />

and the legitimacy of the transfer need to be understood for a Trust. Appropriate distinction<br />

should be made between those Trusts that serve a limited purpose (such as inheritance<br />

tax planning), or have a limited range of activities, and those Trusts where the activities<br />

and connections are more diverse and complex.<br />

Understanding the Nature of Business of the Trust and of the key Individuals behind the<br />

Trust is fundamental in mitigating the risk in doing business with these entities.<br />

The country of establishment is a key consideration, notably with regards to entities which<br />

are based in a high risk jurisdiction which has been associated with financial crime or is<br />

considered a Tax Haven.<br />

The entity may do business in a high risk jurisdiction(s) and/ or across borders, increasing<br />

the risk of financial crime.<br />

Tax residency of Beneficiaries and the Settlor is a key consideration, notably with regards<br />

to Private Holding Trusts established in a Tax Haven.<br />

4.5 <strong>Customer</strong> Risk Classification<br />

4.5.1 Trusts are risk rated according to the key risk factors identified in the Global FCC-RAM. The nature<br />

of the Settlor(s) (e.g. Individual or business) will impact the application of the FCC-RAM for the<br />

Trust.<br />

4.5.2 Where a PEP is identified as a Connected Party, the Trust is to be classified as SCC.<br />

4.5.3 Tax Transparency adopts a risk based approach and is applicable to Private Holding Trusts.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 57


4.5.4 Examples of High Risk indicators are outlined in this document and include the examples below.<br />

Where such concerns are noted, Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) should be conducted and the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC to determine what action should be taken, including<br />

the determination of the appropriate Financial Crime Risk Rating (FCRR). Examples include:<br />

a) There are concerns regarding the nature and purpose of the Trust or its Connected<br />

Parties;<br />

b) The Settlor is unknown or anonymous and the <strong>Customer</strong> fails to be open about the Source<br />

of Wealth and Source of Funds, which may indicate an attempt to conceal the true Settlor;<br />

c) <strong>Customer</strong>’s failure to be open about the purpose of a legal person or legal arrangement<br />

in the Trust structure;<br />

d) There is an unusual supervision or control structure of assets (e.g. control is not with the<br />

Trustee); and<br />

e) The intended purpose of the Trust entails the transfer of assets due to political exposure<br />

or the risk of a legal or tax investigation to any Beneficiary or Connected Party to the<br />

Trust.<br />

4.5.5 An account should not be opened if any of following are identified:<br />

a) The <strong>Customer</strong> refuses to provide information about the Connected Parties or essential<br />

information necessary to complete a <strong>Customer</strong> profile such as Source of Wealth,<br />

business/ occupation, or business name and address<br />

b) The information provided by the <strong>Customer</strong> is inconsistent or does not appear to be<br />

credible;<br />

c) True Beneficiaries or class of Beneficiaries cannot be identified;<br />

d) The Relationship Manager (RM) suspects that the <strong>Customer</strong> may be engaged in criminal<br />

activities; and/or<br />

e) The RM knows or has reasonable grounds to suspect that the <strong>Customer</strong> may have the<br />

intention of using HSBC’s services to evade taxes. For example, this may arise due to<br />

the nature of the <strong>Customer</strong> or Connected Parties questions at account opening or at any<br />

time during the relationship, but is a matter of judgement for the RM. A non-exhaustive<br />

list of tax evasion indicators are included for reference within <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals ID&V<br />

Appendix 2). This list should be used in conjunction with any other information the RM<br />

has on the customer.<br />

4.6 ID&V of the <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected Parties<br />

Identification of the Level of Public Accountability<br />

4.6.1 For the purposes of this section, Trusts are not classified as being Acceptably Publicly Listed Entity<br />

or Equivalent Regulated Financial Institutions (FI), since the types of Trusts in scope are not listed<br />

on a stock exchange or regulated for AML purposes.<br />

4.6.2 However, where the Connected Parties to a Trust are legal entities, they may be Acceptably<br />

Publicly Listed Entities or Equivalent Regulated FI which will result in reduced verification<br />

requirements for the Connected Party.<br />

4.6.3 For the definition of levels of Public Accountability refer to Global Procedural Standards [5.6]<br />

Corporates and Partnerships- Identification and Verification (ID&V) (Identification of the Levels of<br />

Public Accountability).<br />

4.6.4 Where a Connected Party that is a Legal Entity is neither an Acceptably Publicly Listed Entity nor<br />

Equivalent Regulated FI, the entity must be categorised as either Wholesale or in the Other Entities<br />

category based on the level of information known about the Connected Party. If the information<br />

required to classify a Connected Party into one of these categories is not available, the Connected<br />

Party should be classified in the Other Entities category and ID&V’d accordingly.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 58


4.7 ID&V Requirements<br />

4.7.1 The following table describes minimum identification and verification requirements for Trusts.<br />

Fig. 4.4: Minimum ID&V requirements<br />

Minimum Identification Requirements – Trusts (all FCRRs)<br />

All Trusts:<br />

a) Full Name of the Trust (as per proof of formation document)<br />

b) Country of establishment 30<br />

c) Registered address* of the Trust (where applicable)<br />

d) Identification Number or equivalent (e.g. registration number, tax identification number) (where available)<br />

e) Date on which the Trust was established<br />

f) Future date of Trust dissolution (where stated)<br />

*Note: Where the Trust does not have a registered address, the registered address of the Trustee(s) should be<br />

obtained.<br />

Note: In countries where it is not usual to use street addresses, it is acceptable to record the business address of the<br />

entity according to standard local practice such as PO Box Number and physical location(s) of the business.<br />

Verification Requirements – Trusts (all FCRRs)<br />

All Trusts:<br />

a) Full Name of the Trust<br />

b) Registered address including country of establishment (where applicable)<br />

c) Identification Number or equivalent (e.g. registration number, tax identification number) (where available)<br />

Verification Sources (all FCRRs):<br />

See Verification Sources for Trusts Section 4.7.2 and 4.7.3<br />

30<br />

Country where the Trust is legally formed<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 59


Verification Sources for Trusts<br />

4.7.2 It is key that <strong>RBWM</strong> reviews the information provided about the Trust against documents from an<br />

independent, reliable and approved source. Where the Trustee is providing the Trust Deed, the<br />

secondary documentary source will not be independent of the Trustee therefore a single primary<br />

source is sufficient. Below are verification sources that should be obtained for a Private Holding<br />

Trust<br />

Fig. 4.5: Verification Sources that should be obtained for a Private Holding Trust<br />

Verification Source (see Fig. 4.6):<br />

Trust Type<br />

Private Holding Trust<br />

Where the documentation is<br />

provided by Trustee<br />

Trust Deed<br />

Where the documentation is provided by a<br />

party other than Trustee (e.g. Settlor)<br />

Trust Deed as the Primary Documentary<br />

Source<br />

Secondary Documentary Source (see<br />

examples below.)<br />

4.7.3 Below are examples of Verification Sources for Trusts.<br />

Fig. 4.6: Verification: Primary and Secondary Sources<br />

Type<br />

Primary<br />

Documentary Source<br />

Secondary<br />

Documentary Source<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Verification<br />

Full Trust Deed (including addendums for the minimum of the past 5<br />

years)<br />

Primary verification documentation must, at a minimum, disclose activities<br />

of the Trust and the names and roles of all Connected Parties.<br />

<br />

<br />

Note: Where only a certified true copy of redacted (a copy with sensitive or<br />

confidential words/phrases hidden) Trust Deed may be obtained, the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> account opening should be referred to Country FCC to review<br />

whether the documentation provided is sufficient. In all cases, where a<br />

redacted copy of the Trust Deed is accepted, a Trustee Declaration should<br />

be obtained.<br />

Partial Trust Deeds can also be accepted providing they contain sufficient<br />

details to fulfil <strong>CDD</strong>/KYC requirements. This includes the Grantor/Settlor,<br />

Trustees, Beneficiaries, date of the Trust, Trust name and signatures.<br />

This information can typically be located on the first and last pages of the<br />

trust agreement. <strong>RBWM</strong> should work in conjunction with Country FCC to<br />

determine general guidelines for partial Trust Deed (as additional local<br />

requirements might apply).<br />

Signed Trustee Declaration;<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Confirmation letter from a Professional Service Provider that the Trust<br />

Deed was provided to them by the Trustee;<br />

Document setting out professional advice received from a <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

legal or tax adviser, if any; or<br />

Search confirming existence on approved government websites. The<br />

website must be approved by Country FCC as an acceptable form of<br />

verification.<br />

Page | 60


Trustees, Key Controllers or Protectors<br />

4.7.4 The names of all Trustees, Key Controllers and Protectors are to be identified by reference to<br />

documentary verification sources. These should be verified per requirements stated below; where<br />

the Trustee is a legal entity that is an Equivalently Regulated FI, only verification of regulation is<br />

required.<br />

Trustees<br />

4.7.5 All Trustees connected to the Trust should be ID&V’d as per the requirements below.<br />

4.7.6 Where there is a large number of Trustees (greater than 5), the rationale for the high number of<br />

Trustees and their relationships to the Trust should be understood and fully documented.<br />

Additionally, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC for approval as to how many and<br />

which Trustees should be ID&V’d.<br />

4.7.7 At a minimum, full ID&V is to be conducted for a Trust Company (as per the entity type) and for<br />

those Trustees who give instructions on the account. The names of other Trustees are to be<br />

obtained and screened against Official and Other Lists.<br />

4.7.8 Where the number of Trustees/Key Controllers appears disproportionate to the number of<br />

Trustees/Key Controllers normally encountered in similar Trusts types (e.g. 20 Individual Trustees<br />

for a Private Holding Trust), the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC.<br />

4.7.9 Where a Successor Trustee (a party who takes over a position as a Trustee when the original<br />

Trustee can no longer act in a Trustee capacity) is present, the Successor Trustee must be<br />

identified within the <strong>CDD</strong> profile. The Successor Trustee must be verified as a Trustee when the<br />

party takes on the responsibilities of the Trustee. Successor Trustees will not count toward the<br />

number of Trustees held by the Trust until the party becomes an acting Trustee.<br />

4.7.10 The following table provides ID&V requirements for Trustees:<br />

Fig. 4.7: ID&V requirements for Trustees<br />

Minimum Identification and Verification Requirements – Trustee (all FCRRs)<br />

Trustee Type Identification Verification<br />

Individual Full Name<br />

<br />

Date of Birth<br />

Legal Entity Legal Name<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Permanent Residential Address (including<br />

Country)<br />

Country(ies) of Nationality, if legally permissible,<br />

or Citizenship<br />

Registered address/ address of incorporation<br />

(including country)<br />

Proof of Regulation (mandatory for Equivalently<br />

Regulated FI)<br />

Verify in accordance with Section<br />

[1.8] Individuals - Identification<br />

and Verification (ID&V) (ID&V –<br />

Requirements for the <strong>Customer</strong>)<br />

Verify in accordance with Global<br />

Procedural Standards Section<br />

[5.7] Corporates and<br />

Partnerships - Identification and<br />

Verification (ID&V) (ID&V –<br />

Requirements for the <strong>Customer</strong>)<br />

4.7.11 The identification of Authorised Signatories is part of product onboarding and maintenance<br />

requirements, with Authorised Signatory arrangements often varying by Product.<br />

Protectors<br />

4.7.12 Where a Protector is used within the structure of a Trust, the Protector should be ID&V’d in the<br />

same manner as a Trustee. Additionally, the relationship between the Protector and Connected<br />

Parties should be understood.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 61


Key Controllers<br />

4.7.13 Where the Key Controller is not a natural person, it is necessary to “look through” the entity to its<br />

Ultimate Beneficial Owner (UBO) and Key Controllers. In such cases, the Legal Entity is to be<br />

ID&V’d, along with the ownership structure and UBOs/Key Controllers.<br />

Fig. 4.8: ID&V requirements Key Controllers<br />

Minimum Identification and Verification Requirements – Key Controllers (all FCRRs)<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> FCCR Identification Verification<br />

Who is to be identified and verified:<br />

All<br />

Obtain list of all Key Controllers<br />

Identify at least two Key Controllers<br />

What information is to be obtained:<br />

<br />

<br />

Verify list of Key Controllers<br />

Verify Identity of at least two Key Controllers<br />

All<br />

For List of Key Controllers<br />

(Individuals):<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Full Name<br />

Position/ Title<br />

o Date of Birth<br />

Additional for Legal Entities<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Full Name<br />

Country of Incorporation<br />

Regulation/ Listing status (where<br />

applicable)<br />

Additional for Two Key Controllers:<br />

o<br />

Permanent Residential Address<br />

Additionally for UBOs of Key<br />

Controllers:<br />

<br />

List of Key Controllers – see Global<br />

Procedural Standards Section [5.10]<br />

Corporates and Partnerships - Identification<br />

and Verification (ID&V) (ID&V –<br />

Requirements for Key Controllers)<br />

ID&V of two Key Controllers of the Trust –<br />

Global Procedural Standards Section [4.10]<br />

Corporates and Partnerships - Identification<br />

and Verification (ID&V) (ID&V –<br />

Requirements for Key Controllers)<br />

<br />

Where the Key Controller is a Legal Entity,<br />

ID&V two Key Controllers and the UBOs for<br />

the entity as per Global Procedural<br />

Standards Section [5.10] Corporates and<br />

Partnerships - Identification and Verification<br />

(ID&V) (ID&V – Requirements for Key<br />

Controllers)<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Full Name<br />

Ownership percentage<br />

Date of birth<br />

Permanent residential address<br />

Settlors, Donors or Grantors<br />

4.7.14 It is key that adequate information is obtained about the Settlors/ Grantors/ Donors of the Trust in<br />

order to ID&V these parties. The ID&V process will vary based on the type of the Settlors/<br />

Donors/Grantors connected to the Trust:<br />

a) Settlors/ Donors/ Grantors, ID&V all Settlors/ Donors/ Grantors of the Trust contributing 10% or<br />

more to the value of the Trust’s assets, at the time of contribution; or<br />

b) Where the Settlor is not a natural person, it is required to “look through” the entity to its UBO and<br />

Key Controllers. In such cases, the Legal Entity is to be ID&V’d, along with the ownership structure,<br />

and UBOs/ Key Controllers.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 62


4.7.15 The table below sets out ID&V requirements for Settlors.<br />

Fig. 4.9: ID&V requirements for Settlors<br />

Where the Settlor is Identification Verification<br />

Natural Person Full Name<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Date of Birth<br />

Permanent Residential Address<br />

(including Country)<br />

Country(ies) of Nationality, if legally<br />

permissible, or Citizenship<br />

Country of Tax Residence* (if different<br />

to permanent residential address) (For<br />

Private Holding Trusts only)<br />

Verify in accordance with Section [1.8]<br />

Individuals - Identification and Verification<br />

(ID&V) (ID&V – Requirements for the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>)<br />

Legal Entity<br />

Legal Entity<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Legal Name<br />

Registered address/address<br />

of incorporation (including<br />

country)<br />

Business Address<br />

o Proof of Listing/Regulation<br />

(mandatory for Acceptably<br />

Publicly Listed or Equivalently<br />

Regulated FI)<br />

Controlling Parties<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Ownership structure<br />

List of names of Key<br />

Controllers<br />

UBOs (contributing 10% of the<br />

value of the Trust’s assets, at<br />

the time of contribution)<br />

Two Key Controllers<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Verify the Legal Entity in accordance with<br />

Global Procedural Standards Section [5.7]<br />

Corporates and Partnerships - Identification<br />

and Verification (ID&V) (ID&V –<br />

Requirements for the <strong>Customer</strong>)<br />

Verify ownership structure accordance with<br />

Global Procedural Standards Section [5.9.6-<br />

5.9.11] Corporates and Partnerships -<br />

Identification and Verification (ID&V)<br />

(Identification of Ownership Structure)<br />

Verify the List of Key Controllers in<br />

accordance Global Procedural Standards<br />

Section [5.10] Corporates and Partnerships<br />

- Identification and Verification (ID&V) (ID&V<br />

– Requirements for Key Controllers)<br />

Verify two Key Controllers and all UBOs,<br />

contributing 10% of the value of the Trust’s<br />

assets, at the time of contribution, in<br />

accordance with requirements stated for the<br />

Settlor who is a natural person, as per the<br />

above.<br />

*Note: See Glossary for definition of Tax Residence.<br />

4.7.16 It is important to understand the control the Settlor has/will have over the Trust’s assets. Where the<br />

Settlor has the power to influence the distributions based on the Trust Deed, the Settlor should be<br />

ID&V’d as per the process for the Trustee (i.e. Settlor should be ID&V’d in all cases).<br />

4.7.17 Where the Settlor is a legal entity, it is critical to understand the structure and ownership of the<br />

Settlor as per Global Procedural Standards Section [5.7] Corporates and Partnerships -<br />

Identification and Verification (ID&V) (ID&V – Requirements for the <strong>Customer</strong>).<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 63


Deceased Settlor<br />

4.7.18 Where the Settlor is deceased, the Trustees must provide the following information to properly<br />

identify the Settlor:<br />

a) Name;<br />

b) Date of Birth; and<br />

c) One of the following:<br />

<br />

<br />

The Settlor’s death certificate, or<br />

Confirmation from an approved public source<br />

Where this information and/ or documentation are not available, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be<br />

escalated to Country FCC.<br />

Anonymous and Unknown Settlors<br />

4.7.19 In the event that the Settlor is anonymous (Settlor that chooses to remain unnamed on the Trust<br />

Deed) or unknown (Settlor for whom information is not now available) for an existing Trust (e.g.<br />

due to the age of the Trust) refer the <strong>Customer</strong> to Country FCC.<br />

4.7.20 No new Trusts with unknown or anonymous Settlors should be onboarded.<br />

Nominee Settlor<br />

4.7.21 Where a nominee Settlor is identified, the reasons for the use of such a nominee should be<br />

understood and recorded, in addition to performing appropriate due diligence on all underlying true<br />

Settlors. The nominee’s relationship to the true Settlor and/or other Connected Parties to the trust<br />

should also be understood and recorded.<br />

4.7.22 Where a true Settlor cannot be identified, refer to Country FCC.<br />

4.7.23 One or more of the following may help to identify whether a nominee Settlor is being used:<br />

Beneficiaries<br />

a) The Source of Wealth listed on the Trust Deed does not correspond to the Source of<br />

Wealth of the listed Settlor;<br />

b) There is no apparent relationship between the Beneficiaries and the Settlor or the Settlor<br />

is a professional service provider for Trusts; and/or<br />

c) The Trustee may provide information that a nominee Settlor is stated on the Trust Deed.<br />

4.7.24 It is important to ID&V Beneficiaries who receive a significant portion or a large sum of the Trust’s<br />

property. Both IBs and UBs should be identified (e.g. if a direct Beneficiary is not a natural person,<br />

the natural person who is the UB should be identified).<br />

4.7.25 Beneficiaries must be appropriately ID&V’d in accordance with the table below.<br />

Fig. 4.10: ID&V requirements for Beneficiaries<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

FCRR<br />

Identification Requirements<br />

Verification Requirements<br />

All Named Beneficiaries for Private Holding Trusts (all FCRRs)<br />

All<br />

Identify all Beneficiaries (where<br />

named on the Trust Deed).<br />

Note: Where the number of<br />

Beneficiaries exceeds 20, a risk<br />

based approach as per Fixed<br />

Entitlement Beneficiaries section<br />

below can be applied.<br />

<br />

<br />

Verify identity of all Ultimate Beneficiaries of the Trust,<br />

where the Beneficiary is an Individual or an entity that is<br />

classified as Wholesale or in the Other Entities category.<br />

No requirement to verify identity where the Beneficiary is<br />

an Acceptably Publicly Listed Entity or Equivalent<br />

Regulated FI**.<br />

<br />

Verify ownership structure if direct Beneficiaries are not<br />

natural persons (see Global Procedural Standards Section<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 64


[5.9.6-5.9.11] Corporates and Partnerships - Identification<br />

and Verification (ID&V) (Identification of Ownership<br />

Structure).<br />

Fixed Entitlement Beneficiaries<br />

High/SCC<br />

Beneficiaries (including UBs<br />

and IBs) who are entitled to a<br />

share of ≥ 10% of the Trust’s<br />

total assets/ annual income*.<br />

<br />

Verify identity of all identified Ultimate Beneficiaries of the<br />

Trust, where the Beneficiary is an Individual or an entity<br />

that is classified as Wholesale or in the Other Entities<br />

category.<br />

<br />

No requirement to verify identity where the Beneficiary is<br />

an Acceptably Publicly Listed Entity or Equivalent<br />

Regulated FI**.<br />

<br />

Verify ownership structure if direct Beneficiaries are not<br />

natural persons (see Global Procedural Standards Section<br />

[5.9.6-5.9.11] Corporates and Partnerships - Identification<br />

and Verification (ID&V) (Identification of Ownership<br />

Structure).<br />

Medium<br />

Beneficiaries (including UBs<br />

and IBs) who are entitled to a<br />

share of ≥ 25% of the Trust’s<br />

total assets/ annual income*.<br />

<br />

Verify identity of all identified Ultimate Beneficiaries of the<br />

Trust, where the Beneficiary is an Individual or an entity<br />

that is classified as Wholesale or in the Other Entities<br />

category.<br />

<br />

No requirement to verify identity where the Beneficiary is<br />

an Acceptably Publicly Listed Entity or Equivalent<br />

Regulated FI**.<br />

<br />

Verify ownership structure if direct Beneficiaries is<br />

classified as Wholesale or in the Other Entities category<br />

(see Global Procedural Standards Section [5.9.6-5.9.11]<br />

Corporates and Partnerships - Identification and<br />

Verification (ID&V) (Identification of Ownership Structure).<br />

Low<br />

Beneficiaries (including UBs<br />

and IBs) who are entitled to a<br />

share of ≥ 25% of the Trust’s<br />

total assets/ annual income*.<br />

<br />

<br />

No requirement to verify identity.<br />

Verify ownership structure if direct Beneficiaries is<br />

classified as Wholesale or in the Other Entities category<br />

( Global Procedural Standards Section [5.9.6-5.9.11]<br />

Corporates and Partnerships - Identification and<br />

Verification (ID&V) (Identification of Ownership Structure).<br />

Beneficiaries with Non-fixed Entitlement<br />

All<br />

Beneficiaries with Non-fixed<br />

Entitlements<br />

<br />

Verify all Beneficiaries named in the Trust Deed (where<br />

possible)<br />

<br />

Transaction monitoring within local threshold requirements<br />

<br />

No requirement to verify identity where the Beneficiary is<br />

an Acceptably Publicly Listed or Equivalently Regulated FI<br />

Unnamed Beneficiary on Trust Deed<br />

All<br />

Identify class of Beneficiaries<br />

from the Trust Deed.<br />

<br />

<br />

No verification requirements for the class of Beneficiaries<br />

Note: Where a Trustee provides information regarding<br />

previously unnamed Beneficiary prior to disbursement,<br />

ID&V as per the type of Trust/Settlor described above<br />

should be performed on the Beneficiary.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 65


Information to be Obtained for Beneficiaries Based on Requirements Stated Above (all FCRRs)<br />

Beneficiaries (UBs and IBs)<br />

o<br />

Full Legal Name<br />

o Ownership %<br />

Additionally for Individuals<br />

(UBs)<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Date of Birth<br />

Permanent Residential<br />

Address<br />

Country(ies) of<br />

Nationality, if legally<br />

permissible, or<br />

Citizenship<br />

Country of Tax<br />

Residence (For Private<br />

Holding Trusts only)<br />

Additionally for Legal<br />

Entities (IBs)<br />

Verify Individuals in accordance with Section [1.8]<br />

Individuals - Identification and Verification (ID&V) (ID&V<br />

– Requirements for the <strong>Customer</strong>).<br />

<br />

For verification of Legal Entity Structure refer to Global<br />

Procedural Standards Section [5.7] Corporates and<br />

Partnerships - Identification and Verification (ID&V)<br />

(ID&V – Requirements for the <strong>Customer</strong>).<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Country of Incorporation<br />

Registered Address<br />

Details of Listing and/or<br />

regulation (required for<br />

Acceptably Publicly<br />

Listed or Equivalently<br />

Regulated FI)<br />

*Note: The greater value of the total assets or annual income should be used to determine ID&V thresholds.<br />

**Note: Whether an entity is Acceptably Publicly Listed or Equivalently Regulated FI should be verified for<br />

ID&V purposes.<br />

4.7.26 Additionally, as part of the transaction monitoring process, transactions to/from the Trust should be<br />

monitored within the local thresholds.<br />

4.7.27 Where the Beneficiary is a minor, one parent/guardian should be ID&V’d. In addition, one of the<br />

following should be obtained to ID&V the child:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Birth certificate;<br />

Passport; or<br />

Other formal document from a Governmental Body.<br />

4.7.28 Additionally, where a POA is acting on behalf of and makes decisions for a Beneficiary, the POA<br />

should be ID&V’d as per requirements for Beneficiaries.<br />

4.7.29 Where the purpose of the Trust is to make payments or guarantee a loan/credit on behalf of the<br />

Beneficiary and the Beneficiary cannot be easily identified, refer to Country FCC.<br />

4.7.30 As part of the Periodic/ Trigger Event review process, any Beneficiaries who were previously<br />

unnamed and/ or newly added Beneficiaries should be ID&V’d per requirements stated in Figure<br />

4.10 based on Trust type.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 66


4.7.31 The <strong>Customer</strong> Terms and Conditions will include a requirement that the Trustee will be responsible<br />

for notifying <strong>RBWM</strong> of these Beneficiary types as and when the changes occur.<br />

Other Connected Parties<br />

Other Controllers<br />

4.7.32 Sole Signatories, or persons with sole unlimited signing authority on the account, have autonomous<br />

power to act without additional signatories from other Connected Parties. In cases where a Sole<br />

Signatory exists, the Individual must be assumed to have major control over the Trust and must be<br />

ID&V’d as a Key Controller. The relationship of the Sole Signatory to the Trust must also be<br />

understood.<br />

4.7.33 The above text highlights typical scenarios where additional Controllers of the Trust may be<br />

identified. Where an additional party with control over the Trust is identified, the party should be<br />

documented in the <strong>CDD</strong> profile, ID&V’d as a Key Controller and escalated to Country FCC, where<br />

applicable.<br />

Nominee Companies<br />

4.7.34 A Trust may hold assets through a Nominee Company. Where a Nominee Company is identified<br />

as a Connected Party, the documentation below should be obtained and the company should be<br />

screened.<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The ownership structure chart which covers the relationship between the Trust and the<br />

connected Nominee Company. The ownership structure chart may be obtained directly<br />

from the <strong>Customer</strong> or created based on documentation provided by the <strong>Customer</strong> (e.g.<br />

annual reports);<br />

Certification of Incorporation; and<br />

Nominee Agreement.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 67


Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

4.8 <strong>Customer</strong> Screening- Parties to be Screened<br />

4.8.1 Parties to be screened vary depending on ‘<strong>Customer</strong> type’. The following table sets out the parties<br />

and information to be screened where identified in relation to all Trust types (all FCRRs).<br />

Fig. 4.11: Screening requirements<br />

Party<br />

Official and<br />

Other<br />

Screening Lists<br />

Negative<br />

NewsScreening<br />

Information Screened<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

Trust Yes Yes Full Name<br />

Connected Parties<br />

Trustee/ Protector<br />

(Definition in Section 4.3)<br />

Settlor<br />

(Definition in Section 4.3)<br />

Beneficiary<br />

(Definition in Section 4.3)<br />

Other Key Controllers, not<br />

identified as Trustee<br />

(Definition in Section 4.3)<br />

Yes Yes Full names of the Individuals or entity<br />

identified in ID&V.<br />

Yes Yes Full Names of the Individuals or entity<br />

identified in ID&V.<br />

Yes Yes Full Names of the Individuals or entity<br />

identified including the Ultimate Beneficiaries<br />

and Intermediate Beneficiaries identified<br />

during ID&V.<br />

Yes Yes Full names of the Individuals or entity<br />

identified in ID&V.<br />

Other Related Parties<br />

Other Related Parties Yes Yes Where identified, the full names of these<br />

parties must be screened.<br />

4.8.2 If it is known that a <strong>Customer</strong> and/or other Connected Parties have changed their name in the past,<br />

Screening against Official and Other lists should include both the new name as well as the previous<br />

name(s). If the <strong>Customer</strong>’s and/or Connected Party’s name has changed within five years, both the<br />

new and previous name should also be subject to Negative News Screening.<br />

Negative NewsScreening<br />

4.8.3 Negative NewsScreening helps to identify adverse News about our <strong>Customer</strong>s in order to take<br />

necessary steps to protect HSBC’s reputation.<br />

4.8.4 Negative NewsScreening should be performed for all Trusts across all FCRRs.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 68


4.9 Understanding Nature of Business and Source(s) of Wealth<br />

Nature of Business<br />

4.9.1 It is critical to understand the type of Trust, activities and purpose of the Trust in order to assess<br />

the Financial Crime Risk implied.<br />

4.9.2 Where the purpose or intent of a Trust is unclear or lacks an economic or financial purpose, the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC.<br />

4.9.3 Information gathered will be driven primarily by the questions included within the <strong>CDD</strong> templates<br />

which are tailored to each risk category, <strong>Customer</strong> type, and the level of Public Accountability of<br />

the related parties.<br />

4.9.4 Below is the key Nature of Business information to be obtained for a Trust (all FCRRs):<br />

Fig. 4.12: Nature of Business information<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Nature and purpose of the Trust<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Reasons for the use of the Trust structure<br />

Key Financial data relating to the Trust e.g. total annual revenue (USD equivalent) and<br />

total assets held<br />

Understand the nature, location and structure of asset holding<br />

Understand which party introduced the Trust to the Bank<br />

Where the Settlor is a Beneficial Owner of a business, understand the nature of the<br />

underlying business (see Global Procedural Standards Section [6.3.2-6.3.10]<br />

Corporates and Partnerships – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Nature of Business))<br />

Trustee Principal Business and appropriate industry classification code (if a business)<br />

<br />

<br />

Provisions relating to changing Trustee either upon resignation or the requirements of<br />

the Settlor or Beneficiary or other agent (e.g. Protector) are also important since this will<br />

reveal a potential source of influence on the Trustee by other Connected Parties.<br />

Identify if there have been recent changes to the Trustee in the past 5 years, including<br />

the rationale for the change<br />

Understanding the Source(s) of Wealth<br />

4.9.5 Source of Wealth (SoW) relates to the business activity or situation that generated the <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

accumulated capital.<br />

4.9.6 Two aspects must be considered:<br />

a) The origin of the initial Source(s) of Wealth – the business activity or situation that<br />

generated their accumulated capital, not just the portion that is invested with the bank for<br />

the initial deposit/account opening; and<br />

b) The origin of ongoing Source(s) of Wealth – the ongoing business activities or situation<br />

that will generate the funds that will be deposited into the account.<br />

Source of Wealth for Trusts<br />

4.9.7 In the context of a Trust, the initial SoW will be the SoW of the Settlor.<br />

4.9.8 The ongoing SoW will be dependent on the nature of assets, and if the Settlor continues to transfer<br />

assets to the Trust.<br />

Source of Wealth of the Settlor<br />

4.9.9 Sufficient SoW information (as per the table below) should be collected to enable <strong>RBWM</strong> to form a<br />

reasonable conclusion that the Settlor has earned or otherwise acquired their accumulated capital<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 69


legally. This will involve obtaining supporting documentation from the Settlor (or Trustee on behalf<br />

of the Settlor) to validate the Source of Wealth information.<br />

Fig. 4.13: SoW Information<br />

Private Holding<br />

Trust<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

SoW of Settlor, or<br />

Where Settlor is a PIC/PIV, “look through” to the True Settlor; and<br />

Primary country of SoW of Settlor.<br />

Refer to Section [2.5] Individuals – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Source of<br />

Wealth)<br />

Understanding the Source(s) of Funds<br />

4.9.10 Refer to Section [2.4] Individuals – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Source of Funds).<br />

4.10 Understanding the Intended Purpose and Usage of Account<br />

4.10.1 Refer to Global Procedural Standards Section [6.5] – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Understanding<br />

the Intended Purpose and Usage of Account).<br />

4.11 Visitation<br />

Principles of Visitation<br />

4.11.1 No specific additional requirements for Trusts (see Global Procedural Standards Corporates and<br />

Partnerships Section [6.7] – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Visitation Requirements)).<br />

Types of Visitation<br />

4.11.2 No specific additional requirements for Trusts (see Global Procedural Standards Corporates and<br />

Partnerships Section [6.7] – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Visitation Requirements)).<br />

Purpose of an AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong><br />

4.11.3 No specific additional requirements for Trusts (see Global Procedural Standards Corporates and<br />

Partnerships Section [6.7] – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Visitation Requirements)).<br />

Situations where a <strong>Customer</strong> Visit is Required<br />

4.11.4 The party to be visited will depend upon the nature of the Trust and the true Controlling Party of<br />

the Trust. As such, it is essential to identify the party(ies) that exercise or influence the activities<br />

of the Trust (e.g. Trustee or Settlor who retains control) in order to complete visitation<br />

requirements.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 70


4.11.5 The parties to be visited at onboarding and on an ongoing basis are:<br />

Fig. 4.14: Visitation requirements<br />

Trust Type<br />

Party to be Visited At Onboarding and<br />

Period Review<br />

Comments<br />

Private Holding<br />

Trust<br />

Where a Settlor is High Net<br />

Worth 31 , visitation or contact is<br />

required in accordance with the<br />

requirements set out in Section<br />

[2.8] – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong><br />

(<strong>Customer</strong> Contact and Visitation<br />

Requirements)<br />

See note 1, 2 & 3<br />

a) Where required, frequency of visitation<br />

should be in line with the Periodic Review<br />

cycle.<br />

b) For all Trusts further visits may be required<br />

as advised by Country FCC, typically in<br />

instances where there are Financial Crime<br />

indicators regarding Source of Wealth and<br />

Source of Funds<br />

Notes:<br />

1. Where the Settlor is an existing <strong>Customer</strong>, visitation should be performed on the Settlor (Individual or business<br />

see Global Procedural Standards Corporates and Partnerships Section [6.7] – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

(Visitation Requirements) when visiting a business).<br />

2. Where the Settlor is not an existing <strong>Customer</strong>, Controlling Party or Party which appears to have influence over<br />

the Trust should be visited. Where multiple Trustees/Controllers are identified, those Trustees that hold control<br />

over the Trust should be visited, taking a Risk Based Approach.<br />

3. While visitation should be completed in line with Periodic Review cycle, it is possible to draw on a previous<br />

Visitation <strong>Customer</strong> Assessment if it current (i.e. it was completed within a period of up to 1 year), provided<br />

that there are no material changes to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s circumstances in the intervening period. For example,<br />

a Trust with a FCRR of Medium has a periodic review and associated visitation every two years. If the last<br />

Visitation <strong>Customer</strong> Assessment was completed 9 months ago and no material changes to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

circumstances occurred, no additional visitation is required for the periodic review.<br />

4. In practical terms, where <strong>RBWM</strong> banks multiple Trusts administered by a Trustee, the Trustee visit should<br />

be visited annually.<br />

4.11.6 Visitation of the Connected Parties may be performed by a local office, where the party is located<br />

in a jurisdiction other than where the account is opened (e.g. if the Settlor is located in UK, but the<br />

Trust is banked in Bermuda, visitation of the Settlor may take place by a staff member in the UK),<br />

following cross-border marketing guidelines.<br />

Completion of an AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong> Purposes<br />

4.11.7 No specific additional requirements for Trusts (see Global Procedural Standards Corporates and<br />

Partnerships Section [6.7] – Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) (Visitation Requirements)).<br />

31<br />

See Section [1] – Individuals Identification and Verification (ID&V) for the definition of a High Net Worth Individual.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 71


4.12 Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

4.12.1 No specific additional requirements for Trusts (see Global Procedural Standards Corporates and<br />

Partnerships <strong>Customer</strong> Chapter 7 – Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)). Note: where EDD is<br />

performed on the Trust, the Settlor should be treated equivalently to an Ultimate Beneficial Owner,<br />

which may result in the need to obtain certain additional information about the Settlor (e.g. SOW<br />

for a Settlor).<br />

HSBC as a Trustee<br />

4.13 Introduction<br />

4.13.1 Where HSBC is acting as a Trustee, HSBC’s fiduciary responsibilities are increased as compared<br />

to those within the banking relationship.<br />

4.13.2 When acting as a Trustee, the aligned procedures should be followed by the HSBC Trustee as<br />

minimum standard guidelines, however, where the local regulatory requirements are higher, HSBC<br />

Trustees should follow local requirements. Where a local jurisdiction wishes to fall below stated<br />

requirements due to lower regulatory requirements, a dispensation should be obtained from<br />

Country FCC.<br />

4.13.3 The below section outlines the requirements where HSBC is the Trustee. These standards should<br />

be followed in addition to Trustee specific procedures established by the lines of business.<br />

4.13.4 These procedures are limited to situations where an HSBC entity acts as Trustee for a Trust whose<br />

structure is based on the intention of the Settlor to transfer assets to the control of a Trustee and<br />

for the benefit of a Beneficiary(ies) (e.g. party other than the Settlor).<br />

4.13.5 These procedures do not cover instances where an HSBC unit acts as a Trustee to Fund<br />

Managers/Funds 32 .<br />

4.14 IDV&V of Connected Parties<br />

Settlors, Donors, and Grantors<br />

4.14.1 One of the following parties may request HSBC to undertake the role of the Trustee:<br />

a) Settlor – at the establishment of the Trust; or<br />

b) Protector.<br />

4.14.2 As the Trustee, HSBC must ID&V all Settlors, Donors, and Grantors, irrespective of the contribution<br />

amount, as per fiduciary obligations of the Trustee.<br />

4.14.3 Where the Settlor is deceased, HSBC should ID&V the party acting on behalf of the Settlor and<br />

understand the relationship between the party, the Settlor, and other Connected Parties.<br />

Beneficiaries<br />

4.14.4 As the Trustee, HSBC must ID&V all Beneficiaries, irrespective of their entitlement, as per fiduciary<br />

obligations of the Trustee.<br />

32<br />

In the case of a fund, the Individual or entity placing assets with a fund has every expectation of assets (and profit) being returned.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 72


4.15 Source of Wealth of the Settlor<br />

4.15.1 In addition to the information that should be obtained related to SoW of the Settlor, where HSBC<br />

acts as a Trustee, all countries of SoW of the Settlors, Donors, and Grantors should be identified<br />

as per fiduciary obligations of the Trustee.<br />

4.16 Visitation<br />

4.16.1 For all Trust types, visitation to other controlling or influencing parties will reflect the fiduciary<br />

obligations of the Trustee and the type of Trust being managed. Country procedures will establish<br />

requirements. The guiding principal is that a controlling or influencing party will be visited for all<br />

Trust types.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 73


5. RBB Sole Traders<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the Objective<br />

be achieved?<br />

Scope of Section<br />

Related Sections<br />

Guidance sources<br />

To identify, assess and mitigate the risks associated with RBB Sole Traders in order to<br />

safeguard HSBC against Financial Crime risks<br />

Setting out specific <strong>Customer</strong> type due diligence to address their specific risk attributes<br />

outside of the scope of the standard ID&V, KYC and general EDD.<br />

This Section describes the Procedures applicable to RBB Sole Traders with respect to<br />

the following:<br />

5.1 Introduction<br />

5.2 Definition of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

5.3 Key Connected parties associated with this <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

5.4 Risk associated with this <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

5.5 <strong>Customer</strong> Type Risk Classification<br />

5.6 Identification and Verification (ID&V) - <strong>Customer</strong><br />

5.7 Identification and Verification (ID&V) – Connected Party<br />

5.8 Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

5.9 Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

Global Corporates and Partnerships Procedural Standards<br />

<strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Sole Traders<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 74


5.1. Introduction<br />

5.1.1. This chapter outlines the due diligence procedures associated with <strong>RBWM</strong> Retail Business Banking<br />

(RBB) Sole Traders.<br />

5.1.2. RBB Sole Traders are those <strong>Customer</strong>s which will be managed by <strong>RBWM</strong> as opposed to CMB,<br />

due to these simple business banking clients being more aligned to <strong>RBWM</strong> service principles than<br />

CMBs. They will have simple, domestic product and lending needs.<br />

5.1.3. Consideration must be given to the ‘legal form’ of the <strong>Customer</strong>. A RBB Sole Trader is an<br />

unincorporated entity type for which there is no legal distinction between the owner and the<br />

business, resulting in a number of differing due diligence requirements from other customer types.<br />

5.1.4. RBB Sole Trader specific due diligence requirements are to be considered in addition to the scope<br />

of the standard ID&V, KYC and general EDD requirements outlined in the CMB Corporates and<br />

Partnerships and <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals <strong>LoBP</strong>s.<br />

5.1.5. Where there are no RBB Sole Trader specific requirements, cross references to relevant sections<br />

of other <strong>Customer</strong> type chapters are included throughout these procedures.<br />

5.2. Definition of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

5.2.1. The definition of a ‘RBB Sole Trader’ below outlines the key characteristics of this customer type.<br />

Fig. 5.1: RBB Sole Trader: Definition<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

RBB Sole Trader<br />

Definition<br />

A RBB Sole Trader, also known as a sole proprietorship or a proprietorship, is a type of<br />

business entity that is always owned and generally run by one individual and in which there<br />

is no legal distinction between the owner and the business (i.e. it is not incorporated).<br />

The owner receives all profits and has unlimited responsibility for all losses and debts. All<br />

assets of the business are owned by the RBB Sole Trader. A RBB Sole Trader may use a<br />

“Trading As” name or business name other than his or her legal name.<br />

RBB Sole Traders are typically small businesses where the costs of incorporation (including<br />

minimum capital) and/or of maintaining a company are considered by the RBB Sole Trader<br />

to outweigh the benefits of limited liability. Operating as a RBB Sole Trader may also<br />

provide tax benefits to an individual over operating through an incorporated entity in certain<br />

jurisdictions.<br />

The business activity of the RBB Sole Trader must meet all of the following criteria:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s’ needs served through branches, contact centres or online platforms<br />

Operations must be domestic only i.e. do not require multi-jurisdictional relationship<br />

management<br />

Credit needs that can be fulfilled through scored lending only<br />

Have a small and simple organisational structure<br />

No more than one Key Controller<br />

Products must be simple with no international requirements<br />

Must be resident in the same country as the HSBC Booking Centre<br />

Where any of the above criteria are not met at onboarding, or there is uncertainty regarding<br />

whether <strong>RBWM</strong> should manage the customer relationship, the <strong>CDD</strong> Risk Acceptance<br />

procedure should be followed.<br />

In addition, if following onboarding any of the above criteria change, the Country Head of<br />

RBB and FCC will need to approve the relationship continuing to be managed by <strong>RBWM</strong><br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 75


5.3. Key ‘Connected Parties’ associated with this <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

5.3.1. The definition of ‘<strong>Customer</strong>’, ‘Connected parties’ and ‘other related parties’ is defined in the<br />

Glossary.<br />

5.3.2. The following table establishes definitions of the key connected parties requiring <strong>CDD</strong> for RBB Sole<br />

Traders:<br />

Fig. 5.2: Key Connected Parties for whom <strong>CDD</strong> is Required<br />

Key Controller<br />

Authorised<br />

Signatories<br />

A Key Controller is someone who is elected or appointed to exercise more direct control over<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> entity. Authorised Signatories with Sole Authority over the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account<br />

are considered to be Key Controllers.<br />

An Authorised Signatory is a <strong>Customer</strong> staff member who receives delegated authority to the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s products and services with HSBC.<br />

Where Authorised Signatories are not recorded in product level due diligence, they may be<br />

recorded in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

5.4. Risks associated with this <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

5.4.1. There are a number of risks inherent in dealing with RBB Sole Traders. These include, but are not<br />

limited to:<br />

Fig. 5.3: Examples for inherent risks<br />

Ownership and<br />

Control<br />

Activity of the<br />

Business<br />

Operational<br />

Environment<br />

Intermingling of<br />

Business and<br />

Personal Funds<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

A RBB Sole Trader is normally a small business with a very straightforward control<br />

structure. Its ownership is always evident as the individual RBB Sole Trader. Risk<br />

increases considerably where the RBB Sole Trader is large, or has international reach<br />

e.g. a web designer or consultant with overseas clients.<br />

The entity may engage in high risk activity(ies) or it may be unclear which activity(s) it<br />

undertakes. Certain business types have been classed in the FCC-RAM as high risk due<br />

to the increased risk of financial crime.<br />

A key risk is that many RBB Sole Traders have limited reporting requirements and there<br />

may be limited publicly available information on the activity of the business. Since RBB<br />

Sole Traders are taxed personally on the profits arising from their activities, they may be<br />

motivated to use cash for purchases and accept cash from <strong>Customer</strong>s to evade taxes on<br />

sales and/or profits and maintain a portion of their trading outside of their bank account(s).<br />

Sole proprietors in general represent a higher risk for tax evasion as these types of<br />

entities are not required to apply the same stringent corporate obligations or rules as a<br />

legal entity otherwise would.<br />

The country of establishment is a key consideration, notably in regards to RBB Sole<br />

Traders which are based in a high risk jurisdiction which has been associated with<br />

financial crime.<br />

The RBB Sole Trader may do business in a high risk jurisdiction(s) and/ or across borders,<br />

increasing the risk of financial crime.<br />

A RBB Sole Trader may intermingle business and personal funds. In some jurisdictions<br />

local Regulation may not enable HSBC to require separation of business and personal<br />

activity. This may reduce the effectiveness of transaction monitoring (TM). (Refer to<br />

Chapter 2 Appendix 4 for guidance on personal accounts being used for business<br />

purposes.<br />

Use of Product The products which the <strong>Customer</strong> utilises may increase the risk associated with the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>. For example, products involving value movement across borders (e.g.<br />

international wire transfers) pose a higher risk of financial crime.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 76


5.5. <strong>Customer</strong> Type Risk Classification<br />

5.5.1. RBB Sole Traders are risk rated according to the key risk factors identified in the FCC-RAM.<br />

5.5.2. Where the <strong>Customer</strong>, or one of their Connected Parties, is a PEP, or meets other SCC classification<br />

criteria, the <strong>Customer</strong> must be risk rated SCC. (Reference Process Chapter 10 Restricted and<br />

Prohibited <strong>Customer</strong>s, Special Categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s (SCCs) and Prohibited Products).<br />

5.5.3. Where a <strong>Customer</strong> is considered to be High Risk/SCC, Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) will be<br />

performed. The procedures for HNWI, High Risk <strong>Customer</strong>s/SCC are included within the KYC<br />

chapter for Individuals.<br />

5.5.4. Where there are concerns regarding the nature and purpose of the RBB Sole Trader, the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

should be escalated to Country FCC to determine what action should be taken, including the<br />

requirement to conduct Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) and the determination of the appropriate<br />

Financial Crime Risk Rating (FCRR).<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 77


5.6. Identification and Verification (ID&V)<br />

ID&V – Requirements for the RBB Sole Trader <strong>Customer</strong><br />

5.6.1. The following tables outline the applicable requirements for the ID&V of RBB Sole Traders:<br />

Fig. 5.4: ID&V requirements<br />

Identification Requirements – RBB Sole Traders (All FCRRs)<br />

a) Full name of RBB Sole Trader<br />

b) “Trading As” name (if applicable)<br />

c) Date of Birth<br />

d) Residential Address 33<br />

e) Country of Tax Residence 34<br />

f) Date moved to Residential Address<br />

g) At a minimum, the City/Town/Region/Province and Country of the RBB Sole Traders previous addresses for the<br />

past three years. 35<br />

h) Correspondence Address (if different from residential address above)<br />

i) Nationality, where legally permissible/ Citizenship 36 (including all nationalities/ citizenships held)<br />

j) Country of Birth<br />

k) Government issued ID number 37<br />

l) Principal business address (if different to residential address)<br />

m) Date of Formation of business<br />

Note: In countries where it is not usual to use street addresses, it is acceptable to record the addresses according to<br />

standard local practice such as PO Box Number and physical location(s) of the business / residence.<br />

Verification Requirements – RBB Sole Traders (all FCRRs)<br />

Information to be verified:<br />

a) Full name of RBB Sole Trader<br />

b) Date of Birth 38<br />

c) Residential Address<br />

Verification Sources (all FCRRs):<br />

Refer to Figure 1.11 of the Individuals ID&V Chapter for more information on verification source requirements.<br />

Where the <strong>Customer</strong> is onboarded through an indirect delivery channel, i.e. non-face-to-face onboarding, (see Section<br />

1.8.14 for definition Individuals ID&V requirements).<br />

33<br />

Residential address is defined as the main address at which a <strong>Customer</strong> lives, i.e. the address at which they spend the majority of their time.<br />

34<br />

It should be noted that Local or Global regulatory requirements may require verification of Tax Residence. Where this is the case, such<br />

regulations should be followed.<br />

35<br />

Only required where the <strong>Customer</strong> has resided in a Country that is not the same as the HSBC Booking Centre within the last three years.<br />

36<br />

Nationality and Citizenship are used interchangeably in many jurisdictions. Local regulatory requirements may require verification of<br />

nationality/ citizenship; where this is the case and legally permissible, local regulation must be followed.<br />

37<br />

To be obtained, unless the Country does not issue a government identification number.<br />

38<br />

Unless the <strong>Customer</strong> is being electronically verified, or the primary document used for documentary verification does not contain the date of<br />

birth, subject to FCC approval.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 78


5.6.2. Further information on ID&V requirements and approved documentary and electronic sources of<br />

verification is detailed in Individuals Section 1.8. See ID&V Matrix for further information on<br />

acceptable sources of verification<br />

ID&V – Requirements for Connected Parties<br />

5.6.3. In the case of RBB Sole Traders Connected Parties are limited to Key Controller i.e. an individual<br />

with sole responsibility over the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account and Authorised Signatories (see definition Fig.<br />

5.2).<br />

5.6.4. HSBC must ensure that it understands the level of authority, control or powers of the Connected<br />

Party with respect to the Individual <strong>Customer</strong> and to the HSBC account (see Individuals ID&V<br />

section 1.9 for understanding the relationship between the <strong>Customer</strong> and the Connected Party)<br />

5.6.5. If there is no apparent or legitimate explanation for the use of the Connected Party (e.g., it is evident<br />

that use of nominee is to conceal identity of the account holder), this should be escalated to Country<br />

FCC for further review.<br />

5.6.6. There are additional high risk indicators applicable for RBB Sole Traders, which would require<br />

escalation to Country FCC which include:<br />

<br />

<br />

Authorised Signatories with unlimited sole signing authority, who are not the RBB Sole Trader<br />

themselves (or their spouse or (non-business) partner); or<br />

More than one Key Controller who are non-immediate family members, in addition to the RBB Sole<br />

Traders themselves. Refer to Glossary for definition of immediate family members.<br />

5.7. Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

5.7.1. The following additional KYC requirements should be followed for:<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Screening<br />

5.7.2. The following table sets out the parties and information to be screened<br />

Fig. 5.5: Screening requirements<br />

Party FCCRR Official and other<br />

screening lists<br />

Negative news<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> High Risk/SCC Yes Yes<br />

Medium Yes No<br />

Low Yes No<br />

Connected Party N/A Yes Same as <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Negative NewsScreening<br />

5.7.3. For further details on Screening refer to the Screening chapter (Process Chapter 3) within the<br />

<strong>RBWM</strong> Common Processes <strong>LoBP</strong> and the Individuals KYC Chapter.<br />

Understanding Nature of Business<br />

5.7.4. The nature of business of a Sole Trader will be similar to that of a Commercial Operating Business,<br />

however, typically less complex, with smaller turnover and lower value transactions. For nature of<br />

business requirements, see the table below:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 79


Fig 5.6 Nature of Business Information Requirements for all <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Business Type:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Industries or business types in which the <strong>Customer</strong> participates<br />

Types of <strong>Customer</strong> with whom the <strong>Customer</strong> does business (e.g. business to consumer, business to<br />

business, business to Government/ public sector)<br />

Geographic location of key <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Countries of Business Focus:<br />

<br />

<br />

Countries the customer does business, trades with, offers services to<br />

Additional information must be obtained with regard to <strong>Customer</strong>s with any exposure to Sensitive<br />

Sanctioned Countries or TI CPI


Fig. 5.7: SoW: ID&V requirements for the Commercial Activity and the Individual<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

Source of Wealth of the Commercial<br />

Activity (Ongoing SoW)<br />

Source of Wealth of the Individual<br />

Established Commercial Activity (2 Years +)<br />

High Risk/SCC Identify and Validate Identify and Validate<br />

Medium Risk Not Required Not Required<br />

Low Risk Not Required Not Required<br />

Established Commercial Activity (< 2 Years)<br />

High Risk/SCC Identify and Validate Identify and Validate<br />

Medium Risk Not Required Identify and Validate<br />

(Where capital to be invested in the<br />

business exceeds $150K)<br />

Low Risk Not Required Identify and Validate<br />

Start-up Commercial Activity<br />

(Where capital to be invested in the<br />

business exceeds $150K)<br />

High Risk/SCC N/A Identify and Validate<br />

Medium Risk N/A Identify and Validate<br />

(Where capital to be invested in the<br />

business exceeds $150K)<br />

Low Risk N/A Identify and Validate<br />

(Where capital to be invested in the<br />

business exceeds $150K)<br />

5.7.8. For RBB Sole Traders with established commercial activity, the Source(s) of Wealth will be evident<br />

from the nature of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business/ operations. Where further validation is required, the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> should be requested to provide their Bank Statements for the previous three months to<br />

enable validation of business activities. New start-up RBB Sole Traders will not possess prior<br />

trading records or historical financial statements that established businesses may be able to<br />

provide. Source of Wealth information will therefore focus on the origin of the capital being invested<br />

into the business to finance operations, most typically from the RBB Sole Trader as a Natural<br />

Person.<br />

5.7.9. The Individuals Source of Wealth guidance and ID&V Matrix sets out, in detail, the information and<br />

additional documentation sources to be obtained to validate Source of Wealth for all <strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

Understanding Source(s) of Funds<br />

5.7.10. Refer to section 2.4 of the Individuals KYC <strong>LoBP</strong> for the Source of Funds procedures. Where local<br />

jurisdiction legislation does not allow HSBC to require separation of business and personal funds,<br />

the threshold to be applied for Source of Funds validation must be the lower of the threshold for<br />

commercial activity and any applicable thresholds for individual activity.<br />

5.7.11. When cash is the Source of Funds for the account opening, Source of Funds identification and<br />

validation must be performed in line with <strong>RBWM</strong> FIM B1.1.2.8 AML Cash Services<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 81


Understanding the intended Purpose and Usage of Account<br />

5.7.12. In addition to the requirements outlined in Section 2.6 of <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals, it is necessary to:<br />

<br />

<br />

Determine whether the account will be used for personal activity, commercial activity, or both (only<br />

permitted where local regulations prevent forced account segregation based on usage);<br />

Gather information on Connected Parties so that the Bank has an understanding of the relationship to<br />

the Party, e.g. spouse or relative.<br />

5.7.13. At onboarding if a Sole Trader <strong>Customer</strong> confirms that they intend to utilise their business account<br />

for both personal and commercial transactions, they must be made aware that they will need to<br />

open separate accounts to meet these needs. It is expected that this will be established whilst<br />

having discussions with the customer about the intended use of the account and expected<br />

transactional value and volume.<br />

5.7.14. Onboarding may continue in-line with the <strong>CDD</strong> requirements for Sole Traders detailed in this<br />

chapter for their commercial needs, however the <strong>Customer</strong> will be required to open a <strong>RBWM</strong> retail<br />

personal account to undertake their personal transactions.<br />

5.7.15. Where the customer also applies for an <strong>RBWM</strong> Current Account the <strong>CDD</strong> of the <strong>Customer</strong> must be<br />

completed in line with the requirements detailed within the Chapters 1-3: Individuals of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> <strong>LoBP</strong>.<br />

5.7.16. The purpose of opening an account should be in line with the expected account activity, and profile<br />

of the RBB Sole Trader’s business. Active judgment and reflection is required to review the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s purpose of opening the account against the expected account activity and the profile<br />

of the RBB Sole Trader’s business to identify if there are any apparent inconsistencies. Where<br />

these are identified or if there is any doubt the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC for<br />

review and approval.<br />

Visitation Requirements<br />

5.7.17. Home-based businesses 39 are exempt from visitation at onboarding or renewal provided that the<br />

Business concludes that it is reasonable for the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business to be home based. The<br />

employee onboarding the <strong>Customer</strong> must document the rationale for such a conclusion in the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Profile. Factors for consideration may include: number of employees, the industry type, or whether<br />

the business is predominantly cash based.<br />

5.7.18. The Visitation requirements for High Risk and SCC RBB Sole Traders are as per Section 6.15 of<br />

the Retail Business Banking Corporates and Partnerships procedural standards. Visitation for<br />

Medium and Low risk <strong>Customer</strong>s are not required unless requested by FCC based on escalation<br />

of the <strong>Customer</strong> due to financial crime concerns.<br />

5.8 Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

5.8.1. For <strong>Customer</strong>s identified as PEPs refer to Global <strong>RBWM</strong> AML Policy <strong>RBWM</strong> Global PEP Policy for<br />

further guidance.<br />

5.8.2. EDD requirements should be conducted as necessary in-line with the <strong>Customer</strong>’s risk rating.<br />

Further information regarding when EDD would be required can be found in the above sections and<br />

the Individuals ID&V and KYC chapters.<br />

5.8.3. Where it is known that the <strong>Customer</strong> is located in, or has an exposure to a Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Country (SSC), escalate to Country FCC in line with the Sanctions Escalation Matrix.<br />

39<br />

Examples of home based businesses should be defined in-country and included in local procedures.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 82


6. RBB Corporates and Partnerships IDV & KYC<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the<br />

Objective be<br />

achieved?<br />

To understand who HSBC’s <strong>Customer</strong>s are and who HSBC is doing business with in<br />

order to safeguard against Financial Crime risks.<br />

This Section outlines the identification and verification procedures on a Risk Based<br />

Approach:<br />

<br />

<br />

Identification – identifying who the <strong>Customer</strong> and Connected Parties are, by<br />

obtaining information on their identity; and<br />

Verification – verifying some or all of the identity information obtained using<br />

reliable and independent documentary and/or electronic source material.<br />

This section also outlines the Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) procedures to be<br />

undertaken on a Risk Based Approach, in addition to the ID&V procedures<br />

Scope of Section<br />

Related Sections<br />

This Section outlines the procedures with respect to the following:<br />

IDV<br />

6.1 Introduction<br />

6.2 Definitions of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

6.3 Key ‘Connected’ parties associated with this customer type<br />

6.4 Risks associated with this ‘customer type’<br />

6.5 ‘<strong>Customer</strong> type’ risk classification<br />

6.6 ID&V – Requirements for the ‘<strong>Customer</strong><br />

6.7 ID&V – Requirements for ‘Beneficial Owners’<br />

6.8 ID&V – Requirements for ‘Key Controllers’<br />

6.9 ID&V – Requirements for ‘ Direct Appointees’<br />

KYC<br />

6.10 KYC Introduction<br />

6.11 <strong>Customer</strong> Screening:<br />

6.12 Understanding Nature of Business and Source(s) of Wealth<br />

6.13 Understanding the Source(s) of Funds<br />

6.14 Understanding the Intended Purpose and Usage of Account<br />

6.15 Visitation Requirements<br />

EDD<br />

6.16 EDD Introduction<br />

6.17 Politically Exposed Persons<br />

6.18 Source of Wealth (SoW) for Ultimate Beneficial Owners (UBOs)<br />

6.19 Doing Business in Sensitive Sanctioned Countries<br />

6.20 <strong>Customer</strong>s with Identified Exposure to High Risk Countries<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Individuals (ID&V)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (KYC)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (EDD)<br />

Guidance sources Joint-Money Laundering Steering Group (JMLSG) Part I: 5.3.122 - 5.3.177, 5.4, 5.5<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 83


6.1 Introduction<br />

6.1.1. This section outlines an introduction to entities as well as outlining the baseline Identification and<br />

Verification requirements.<br />

6.1.2. Identification and Verification (ID&V) of a <strong>Customer</strong>, and their Connected Parties, provides an<br />

understanding of who HSBC is doing business with and is a key step in <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence<br />

(<strong>CDD</strong>) to mitigate Financial Crime risk.<br />

6.1.3. ID&V is a two-step process which follows a Risk Based Approach:<br />

a) Identification – identifying who the <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected Parties are by<br />

gathering information about their identity; and<br />

b) Verification – verifying some or all of the identity information gathered using reliable and<br />

independent documentary and/or electronic sources<br />

6.1.4. High Risk and SCC <strong>Customer</strong>s require additional levels of ID&V than <strong>Customer</strong>s with lower<br />

Financial Crime Risk Ratings (FCRRs) or entities with a greater degree of Public Accountability.<br />

6.1.5. For all risk levels, a complete record of ID&V including documents obtained, together with any<br />

actions taken and approvals obtained must be recorded in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

6.1.6. These ID&V requirements apply to all customer entity types, and any additional requirements or<br />

differences in respect of specific ‘customer types’ e.g. Trusts, PICs, etc. will be detailed in the<br />

relevant customer chapters.<br />

6.2 Definitions of <strong>Customer</strong> ‘Type’<br />

6.2.1. This section covers the following <strong>Customer</strong> types within the Non-Financial Institution Commercial<br />

Enterprises customer type family:<br />

Fig. 6.1: Definitions of <strong>Customer</strong> ‘Type’:<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

Corporates<br />

Partnerships<br />

Definition<br />

An incorporated entity established for commercial trading operating activity with the objective<br />

of generating profits. They commonly have limited liability, and can be owned by shareholders<br />

who can transfer their shares to others, and can be controlled by a board of directors who are<br />

normally elected or appointed by the shareholders<br />

A Partnership / unincorporated business, although principally operated by individuals, or a group<br />

of individuals, are different from private individuals in that there is an underlying business.<br />

6.2.2. Where there is any doubt as to whether the relationship should be managed by <strong>RBWM</strong>, the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Risk Acceptance procedure should be followed<br />

6.3 Key ‘Connected’ parties associated with this customer type<br />

6.3.1. The definition of ‘<strong>Customer</strong>’, ‘Connected parties’ and ‘Other related parties’ has been defined in the<br />

Glossary.<br />

6.3.2. The following table establishes definitions of the key connected parties requiring <strong>Customer</strong> Due<br />

Diligence (<strong>CDD</strong>) for this particular <strong>Customer</strong> type:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 84


Fig. 6.2: Definitions of key connected parties<br />

Beneficial<br />

Owner<br />

Director / Partner<br />

A Beneficial Owner is an individual or an entity who owns or exercises control over the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

arising from their shareholding or other ownership interest in the <strong>Customer</strong>; or from control over<br />

the voting rights; or from exercising other control over the composition and/or the voting of the<br />

Board of Directors.<br />

A Beneficial Owner can also be the party on whose behalf a transaction or activity is being<br />

conducted. Note that:<br />

a) Ultimate Beneficial Owner (UBO) – Usually an Individual who ultimately owns a legal entity<br />

and/or the person on whose behalf a transaction is being conducted. The UBO is any natural<br />

person or government body that owns, has the right to vote, or has the power to sell or direct<br />

the sale of a class of the business’ voting securities of an Intermediate Owner.<br />

b) Intermediate Owner (IO) – An Entity or legal arrangement (e.g. structure such as a Trust,<br />

Foundation etc.) identified as existing within the corporate structure that sits between the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> and the UBO (as defined above) in the ownership chain.<br />

A Director is an appointed member of a <strong>Customer</strong>’s Board and may be either an executive or a<br />

non-executive.<br />

The roles and responsibilities of a Board of Directors will vary according to the type of entity. A<br />

Director may or may not be a Key Controller for the purposes of <strong>CDD</strong>. For entities, certain Directors<br />

and managers will be classified as Key Controllers, due to their ability to exercise significant control<br />

over an entity and to have a substantial influence over the day-to-day management of the business.<br />

A Partner is a person associated with one or more other individuals engaged in a business<br />

enterprise in which the profits and losses are shared proportionally. The legal definition of a<br />

partnership is generally stated as "an association of two or more persons to carry on as coowners<br />

a business for profit'.<br />

Persons can form a partnership by written or oral agreement, and a partnership agreement often<br />

governs the partners' relations to each other and to the partnership.<br />

Key Controller<br />

Direct Appointees<br />

(and others<br />

purporting to act<br />

on behalf of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>)<br />

Authorised<br />

Signatories<br />

Employees<br />

A Key Controller is someone who is elected or appointed to exercise more direct control over the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> entity, by participating in the governance or senior executive activities of the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

Key Controllers typically set the strategic direction of the entity.<br />

The title given to a Key Controller varies according to the type of entity, Country of Operation, and<br />

Country of Incorporation/ Registration/ Formation. Most commonly, a Key Controller will include the<br />

Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Managing Partner and Chairman of<br />

the Board. Usually, control is exercised jointly with other Directors/senior executive management.<br />

A Direct Appointee is a person authorised under an executed instrument of the <strong>Customer</strong> Entity to<br />

act on its behalf with respect to the banking relationship and also to delegate authority to others to<br />

represent the <strong>Customer</strong> entity in more limited circumstances, e.g. Direct Appointees may appoint<br />

Authorised Signatories. The Company Secretary is generally a Direct Appointee.<br />

Direct Appointees may not themselves be Key Controllers but are typically appointed by Key<br />

Controllers or the Board of Directors. They may or may not themselves be Authorised Signatories.<br />

Direct Appointees may be product specific.<br />

An Authorised Signatory is a <strong>Customer</strong> staff member who receives delegated authority to the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s HSBC products and services. Authorised Signatories with Sole Authority over the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s HSBC account/ Financial affairs are also considered to be Key Controllers due to the<br />

influence they have over the business.<br />

Where Authorised Signatories are not recorded in product level due diligence, they may be<br />

recorded in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

Employees of an entity do not require <strong>CDD</strong> unless they are connected parties, as defined above,<br />

or are Individual HSBC customers in their own right.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 85


6.4 Risks associated with this ‘customer type’<br />

6.4.1. There are a number of risks inherent with dealing specifically with entities. These include, but are<br />

not limited to:<br />

Fig. 6.3: Risks associated with this ‘customer type’<br />

Ownership and<br />

Control<br />

Activity of the<br />

Business<br />

Operating<br />

Environment<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The legal persona of the entity is distinct and separate from the individual(s) who own and/ or<br />

control it, and it may be difficult to establish the individual(s) who exercise ultimate control and/<br />

or financed its creation.<br />

Particular attention should be given to complex corporate ownership structures, which may<br />

include Trusts or Foundations, as these can result in opaqueness in identifying the role of<br />

Connected Parties and most notably, the actual controlling party.<br />

Certain legal entities may be owned through bearer shares, whereby ownership is assigned to<br />

whoever has physical possession of the share certificates. Although common and legitimate in<br />

many jurisdictions, the anonymity that they can offer provides the potential to elevate financial<br />

crime risk. Therefore, entities that include bearer shares within the ownership structure are<br />

prohibited by <strong>RBWM</strong>.<br />

The entity may engage in high risk activity(ies) or it may be unclear which activity(s) it<br />

undertakes. Certain business types have been classed in the FCC-RAM as high risk due to the<br />

inherent increased risk of financial crime.<br />

The entity may do business in a high risk jurisdiction(s) and/ or across borders, increasing the<br />

risk of financial crime.<br />

Use of Product The products which the customer utilises may increase risk. For example, products involving<br />

value movement across borders (e.g. international wire transfers) pose a higher risk of financial<br />

crime.<br />

6.4.2. Understanding the nature of business of the entity and the key individuals controlling the entity is<br />

fundamental in mitigating the risk in doing business with these entities.<br />

6.4.3. If the entity has a higher degree of publicly available information and reporting requirements, the<br />

level of inherent risk may be reduced.<br />

6.5 ‘<strong>Customer</strong> type’ risk classification<br />

6.5.1. Entities are risk rated according to the key risk factors identified in the Global FCC-RAM<br />

6.5.2. Where there are concerns regarding the nature and purpose of the Entity, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be<br />

escalated to Local Financial Crime Compliance (FCC) to determine what action should be taken,<br />

including the requirement to conduct Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) and the determination of the<br />

appropriate Financial Crime Risk Rating (FCRR).<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 86


6.6 ID&V – Requirements for the ‘<strong>Customer</strong>’<br />

6.6.1. The following table sets out the minimum Identification requirements for Corporates and<br />

Partnerships:<br />

Fig. 6.4: Identification requirements for Corporates and Partnerships<br />

Identification Requirements – Corporates and Partnerships (all FCRRs)<br />

a) Legal name<br />

b) “Trading As” name (if applicable)<br />

c) Registered office address in country of incorporation<br />

d) Incorporation/registration details<br />

e) Country of registration / incorporation / establishment<br />

f) Date of incorporation / establishment of the partnership<br />

g) Identification Number of the entity (where applicable) together with the name of the Issuing Authority<br />

h) Name of Regulator (where applicable)<br />

i) Principal place of business address (if different to registered address)<br />

j) Names of all Directors/ Partners of <strong>Customer</strong>s irrespective of whether they retain control over the business or not<br />

Note: In countries where it is not usual to use street addresses, it is acceptable to record the business address of the entity<br />

according to standard local practice such as PO Box Number and physical location(s) of the business.<br />

6.6.2. The following table sets out the Verification requirements for Corporates and Partnerships:<br />

Fig. 6.5: Verification requirements for Corporates and Partnerships<br />

Verification Requirements – Corporates and Partnerships (all FCRRs)<br />

Information to be verified:<br />

a) Full Legal Name<br />

b) Registered address / Business address in the case of Partnerships<br />

c) Evidence of listing with a regulator of the <strong>Customer</strong> and its Parent (where applicable)<br />

Verification Sources (all FCRRs):<br />

Two reliable and independent verification sources are required; one of which must be a Primary Document.<br />

6.6.3. Acceptable verification sources are outlined in the ID&V Matrix.<br />

FATCA Data Requirements<br />

6.6.4. Tax regime requirements (such as Foreign Account Tax Compliance (FATCA 40 )) may result in<br />

additional information being required for certain customers. In order to comply with these<br />

requirements, HSBC is required to leverage substantially from its AML policies and procedures.<br />

Tax regime requirements should therefore be considered in conjunction with these <strong>CDD</strong><br />

procedures in order to achieve a holistic understanding of the customer’s profile.<br />

40<br />

Other Intergovernmental Agreements (IGAs) and the UK Crown Dependencies and Overseas Territories Automatic Exchange of Information Agreement (also<br />

known as “TRE Phase 1” for HSBC purposes) may also be applicable.<br />

Page | 87<br />

INTERNAL


Non-Face-to-Face <strong>Customer</strong> On-boarding<br />

6.6.5. Non-face-to-face customer on-boarding is considered to present an increased risk as customer<br />

identification cannot be performed in person. To address the additional risk, verification of identified<br />

Beneficial Owners is required across all FCRRs (to the thresholds of 10%/25%).<br />

6.6.6. Where documentary sources have been used to verify the identity of non-face-to-face <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

at on-boarding, further mandatory steps will be required as outlined in Individuals Section 1.8.15.<br />

6.6.7. The following are considered to be face-to-face:<br />

a) HSBC meets with representatives of the business entity to be on-boarded;<br />

b) The <strong>Customer</strong> is introduced through an Affiliate. (see section 9.5.2 for definition of Affiliate.<br />

6.7 ID&V – Requirements for ‘Beneficial Owners’<br />

6.7.1. Beneficial Owners have the potential to exploit the <strong>Customer</strong> entity’s relationship with HSBC to<br />

launder money or commit other Financial Crimes because they exercise control over the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Entity via their ownership interest or voting power. A Risk Based Approach to ID&V of Ultimate<br />

Beneficial Owners (UBOs) must be taken to establish that they are, in fact, Beneficial Owners and<br />

that these persons/entities do actually exist.<br />

Different Classes of UBO<br />

6.7.2. UBOs are generally defined as natural persons who ultimately own or control the <strong>Customer</strong>. There<br />

is a requirement to look through an entity to a point where natural persons who are direct or indirect<br />

owners of equal to or greater than the required percentage ownership of the <strong>Customer</strong> can be<br />

identified.<br />

6.7.3. In some cases, an entity’s ownership may be so widely dispersed that no single person or family<br />

group of individuals owns equal to or greater than the relevant percentage. This requirement to<br />

identify UBOs to the relevant threshold must be met regardless of entity structure to minimise the<br />

risk posed by complex business structures.<br />

6.7.4. An example of the UBO Percentage Holding calculation is outlined below in figure 6.6:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 88


Fig. 6.6: UBO Percentage Holding calculation<br />

UBO % holding of<br />

the customer<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

(60%x50%)<br />

30%<br />

(60%x50%)<br />

Identification of Ownership Structure<br />

6.7.5. It is important to understand the ownership structure as this will assist with determining which<br />

parties have control (i.e. Beneficial Owners), establish their true percentage ownership and<br />

therefore which parties require ID&V.<br />

6.7.6. The requirements to ID&V the ownership structure will depend on the FCRR of the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

6.7.7. For all FCRRs, one independent source detailing the ownership structure must be obtained.<br />

Detailed requirements are described in the ID&V Matrix. This includes for example: approved<br />

market information providers; suitably audited reports & accounts; regulatory returns that are<br />

publicly available; Partnership agreements; or a <strong>Customer</strong> Declaration or equivalent. Where a<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Declaration is being relied upon, this must be obtained from an appropriate Officer in the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> entity or Group including Company Secretary, Legal, or similar function.<br />

6.7.8. Multiple levels of ownership in a <strong>Customer</strong> entity, notably for smaller <strong>Customer</strong>s, may present a<br />

Complex Ownership Structure that could be used to conceal the origin of funds and the identity of<br />

the UBO. Examples of a complex ownership structure may include the use of either Trusts or<br />

Foundations. Explanation of complexity is important so that risks can be fully understood.<br />

6.7.9. Escalation to FCC should be considered where there are concerns arising from understanding the<br />

rationale for the complexity, and must be initiated in all cases where the structure is considered<br />

complex compared with the size of the business (e.g. 3 layers would be considered complex for a<br />

Corporate <strong>Customer</strong> sitting in Business Banking Mass). For the purpose of clarity, the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

itself is not considered one of the layers to the ownership structure.<br />

ID&V Requirements for Beneficial Owners<br />

6.7.10. The following table sets out the minimum ID&V requirements for Beneficial Owners using a Risk<br />

Based Approach:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 89


Fig. 6.7: Minimum ID&V requirements for Beneficial Owners<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

FCRR<br />

Identification<br />

Corporates & Partnerships<br />

Verification<br />

High/<br />

SCC<br />

All BOs (including UBOs and IOs) owning 10% or<br />

more<br />

Verify the identity of all UBOs owning 10% or more<br />

Verify ownership structure<br />

Medium<br />

All BOs (including UBOs and IOs) owning 25% or<br />

more<br />

Verify the identity of all UBOs owning 25% or more<br />

Verify ownership structure<br />

Low<br />

All BOs (including UBOs and IOs) owning 25% or<br />

more<br />

No requirement to verify the identity of UBOs 41<br />

Verify ownership structure<br />

All<br />

Full Name<br />

Ownership %/ Voting rights<br />

For Individuals:<br />

Date of Birth<br />

Permanent Residential Address<br />

For Entities as IOs:<br />

Proof of Listing or Regulation status (where<br />

applicable)<br />

Country of Incorporation/ registration/ formation<br />

For UBOs see Section 6.7.1 – 6.7.4<br />

For ownership structure see Section 6.7.5 – 6.7.9<br />

41<br />

Where the <strong>Customer</strong> has been onboarded non-face-to-face, verification of UBOs owning 25% or more is required.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 90


Verification of UBO Identity<br />

6.7.11. Where directed in the table above, the identified UBOs must be verified by one verification source,<br />

unless otherwise stated in the table below. Verification can be completed using either Documentary<br />

Sources, or where local regulatory requirements allow, Electronic Sources. The information to be<br />

verified depends upon the verification source:<br />

Fig. 6.8: Verification Sources for UBOs<br />

Documentary<br />

Sources<br />

a) Full Name and percentage of ownership/voting rights; and<br />

b) Date of Birth OR Permanent Residential Address.<br />

a) Full Name and percentage ownership; and either<br />

b) Date of Birth and Permanent Residential Address; or<br />

Electronic<br />

Sources<br />

c) Two sources confirming Permanent Residential Address; or<br />

d) By exception, where Permanent Residential Addresses are not commonly used, two<br />

sources confirming Date of Birth or age and country of residence (and nationality, where<br />

legally permissible, if different).<br />

6.7.12. The ID&V Matrix defines acceptable sources and documents to meet the requirements for verifying<br />

the UBOs identity.<br />

6.7.13. In the event that escalation to FCC has occurred due to financial crime concerns, FCC may request<br />

that EDD is undertaken on a UBO. This may include, but is not limited to, verification for UBOs of<br />

Low Risk <strong>Customer</strong>s and/or a Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU) investigation.<br />

Beneficial Ownerships by Family Groups<br />

6.7.14. A Family Group may, collectively, hold more than the stated UBO threshold, and the group may<br />

exercise greater control than indicated by their individual shareholdings, by voting as a Group.<br />

6.7.15. Where it is apparent that the ownership structure of the <strong>Customer</strong> includes family members at<br />

multiple levels, the names of all family members should be identified, along with the family’s total<br />

collective percentage shareholding.<br />

6.7.16. Further ID&V, in accordance with the above table, will be required only for those UBOs within the<br />

family group whose personal holding exceeds the indicated threshold amounts.<br />

Beneficial Ownerships by Public Figures<br />

6.7.17. A UBO may be a well-known public figure, such that the individual can be readily ID&V‘d by specific<br />

public data-sources, e.g. Forbes. In such cases, it is sufficient to ID&V only their name and<br />

percentage ownership. Information obtained from public data-sources is to be retained on the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Profile.<br />

6.7.18. The ID&V Matrix sets out the extent to which public domain sources may be used to verify the<br />

identity of public figures or when biographies may be used in lieu of Date of Birth information.<br />

Trusts or Foundations as Beneficial Owners<br />

6.7.19. Refer to Chapter 4: Trusts for ID&V requirements if a Trust or Foundation has been identified in the<br />

Ownership Structure as owning more than the stated threshold amounts.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 91


6.8 ID&V – Requirements for ‘Key Controllers’<br />

6.8.1. Key Controllers will typically be Directors or Partners and, in some circumstances, Authorised Sole<br />

Signatories, any of whom could be in a position to exert influence on financial and/or operational<br />

controls of an entity or legal arrangement. A Key Controller may itself be an entity in which case<br />

we will “look through” the entity to its UBOs and Key Controllers.<br />

6.8.2. Key Controllers have the potential to exploit the <strong>Customer</strong> Entity’s relationship with HSBC to<br />

launder money or commit other Financial Crimes. As a result, Key Controllers must be ID&V’d using<br />

a Risk Based Approach.<br />

6.8.3. Examples of Key Controllers include, but are not limited to the following, where applicable:<br />

Fig. 6.9: Typical Key Controllers<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

Typical Key Controllers<br />

Commercial<br />

Operating<br />

Business<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Directors who exercise direct control over the Company (senior executive activities)<br />

Chairman of the Board of Directors<br />

Deputy Chairman of the Board<br />

Chair of the Supervisory Board<br />

Chair of the Audit Committee<br />

Chair of the Remuneration Committee<br />

Chair of the Shariah Compliance Board<br />

Chair of the Risk Committee<br />

CEO<br />

CFO<br />

Chief Operating Officer (COO)<br />

Managing Partner<br />

Powers of Attorney<br />

Nominees<br />

The person on whose behalf the Nominee entity is working for<br />

Authorised Signatories with Sole Signing Authority<br />

Local Equivalent roles<br />

Obtain the List of Key Controllers<br />

6.8.4. It is necessary to obtain a list of the names of all of the Entity’s Key Controllers using the risk based<br />

approach set out in the Minimum Requirements Table in Figure 6.10.<br />

6.8.5. The ID&V Matrix will prescribe what sources may be used for obtaining the names of Key<br />

Controllers, including but not limited to: audited financial statements, government maintained<br />

registers or partnership agreements.<br />

6.8.6. If reliable and independent approved sources are unavailable, it is acceptable to obtain this<br />

information from the <strong>Customer</strong>, provided that it is certified to be accurate and up-to-date by an<br />

Officer in the <strong>Customer</strong> entity with an independent control function such as Company Secretary,<br />

Legal or other similar function.<br />

6.8.7. The identification of Authorised Signatories is part of product on-boarding and maintenance<br />

requirements, with Authorised Signatory arrangements often varying by Product. Therefore,<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 92


Authorised Signatories with Sole unlimited Signing Authority will be identified at product onboarding<br />

and this will constitute a Trigger Event.<br />

6.8.8. Sole Authorised Signatories should be considered to be a Key Controller and ID&V’d accordingly.<br />

6.8.9. Where the Sole Authorised Signatory is not a Beneficial Owner or Key Controller by position with<br />

the entity, the Business should make reasonable efforts to understand the precise nature of the<br />

relationship of the Sole Authorised Signatory to the <strong>Customer</strong> and document the results of this<br />

enquiry in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

6.8.10. Where the nature of the relationship between the Sole Authorised Signatory and the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

raises concern as to the true nature of the business or its control structure, the <strong>Customer</strong> should<br />

be escalated to Local FCC for review.<br />

6.8.11. For all categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s it is not a requirement to maintain details of other Authorised<br />

Signatories (refer to Figure 6.2 for definition), who do not have sole unlimited signing authority,<br />

within the <strong>CDD</strong> profile. Product areas must maintain Procedures to appropriately ID&V these<br />

Authorised Signatories.<br />

ID&V of Key Controllers<br />

6.8.12. Key Controllers are ID&V’d on a risk based approach. When selecting the Key Controllers for ID&V,<br />

consideration should be given to the persons with the most significant influence within the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>. 42 For example, where Key Controllers are able to independently act on behalf of the<br />

company, or are also Direct Appointees.<br />

6.8.13. The following table sets out the minimum ID&V requirements for Key Controllers using a Risk Based<br />

Approach<br />

42<br />

Where the Key Controller of the <strong>Customer</strong> is a Legal Entity, it is necessary to look through to the UBO of the Key Controller following percentage<br />

thresholds and ID&V requirements in line with <strong>Customer</strong>’s entity type and risk rating.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 93


Fig. 6.10: Minimum ID&V requirements for Key Controllers<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

FCRR<br />

Identification<br />

Corporates & Partnerships<br />

Verification<br />

High/ SCC<br />

Obtain list of all Key Controllers<br />

Obtain list of all other Directors<br />

Identify at least two Key Controllers<br />

Verify list of Key Controllers<br />

Verify Identity of at least two Key Controllers<br />

Medium<br />

Low<br />

All<br />

Obtain list of all Key Controllers<br />

Obtain list of all other Directors<br />

Identify at least two Key Controllers<br />

Obtain list of all Key Controllers<br />

Obtain list of all other Directors<br />

Identify at least two Key Controllers<br />

For List of Key Controllers (individuals):<br />

Full Name<br />

Position/ Title<br />

Date of Birth<br />

Requirements for Key Controllers who are Legal<br />

Entities:<br />

Full Name<br />

Country of Incorporation/ registration/ formation<br />

Regulation/ Listing status (where applicable)<br />

Additional for Two Key Controllers:<br />

Permanent Residential Address<br />

Verify list of Key Controllers<br />

Verify Identity of at least two Key Controllers<br />

Verify list of Key Controllers<br />

Verify Identity of at least two Key Controllers<br />

List of Key Controllers<br />

Two Key Controllers<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 94


6.8.14. In some jurisdictions it is permitted for an entity to have only one Director and no Company<br />

Secretary. In such cases, it may not be possible to meet the requirement to ID&V two or more Key<br />

Controllers. Evidence clearly illustrating these jurisdictional variances must be recorded in the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Profile. Refer to the ID&V matrix for examples of appropriate evidence to capture.<br />

Verification Sources for Key Controller Identity<br />

6.8.15. Where directed above, the identity of Key Controllers must be verified by one verification source,<br />

unless otherwise stated in the table below. Verification can be completed using either documentary<br />

sources or where local regulatory requirements allow, electronic sources to prove the identity of<br />

the Key Controller. The information to be verified depends upon the verification source.<br />

Fig. 6.11: Verification Sources for Key Controllers<br />

Documentary<br />

Sources<br />

Electronic<br />

Sources<br />

a) Full Name; and<br />

b) Date of Birth OR Permanent Residential Address<br />

a) Full Name; and either<br />

b) Date of Birth and Permanent Residential Address; OR<br />

c) Two sources confirming Permanent Residential Address; OR<br />

d) By exception, where Permanent Residential Addresses are not commonly used, two sources<br />

confirming DoB or age and country of residence (and nationality, where legally permissible, if<br />

different)<br />

6.8.16. Individuals Chapter 1: ID&V for definition of Documentary and Electronic Sources.<br />

6.8.17. Detailed requirements are described in the ID&V Matrix and include: approved information<br />

providers (e.g. Forbes for well-known individuals) and Government-issued identification documents<br />

or travel documents.<br />

6.8.18. In the event that the <strong>Customer</strong> is escalated to FCC due to financial crime concerns, FCC may<br />

request that EDD is undertaken on a Key Controller. This may include, but is not limited to,<br />

verification for Key Controllers of Low Risk <strong>Customer</strong>s and/or a Financial Intelligence Unit (FIU)<br />

investigation.<br />

6.9 ID&V – Requirements for ‘Direct Appointees’<br />

6.9.1. Direct Appointees are persons authorised under an executed instrument of the <strong>Customer</strong> to act on<br />

its behalf and also to delegate authority to others to represent the <strong>Customer</strong> entity in more limited<br />

circumstances e.g. Direct Appointees may appoint Authorised Signatories. The Company<br />

Secretary may be considered a Direct Appointee. Direct Appointees may be product specific,<br />

similar to Key Controllers, and due to their influence, all Direct Appointees must be identified and<br />

verified on a risk based approach.<br />

6.9.2. In many cases the Direct Appointees may also be the Beneficial Owners or Key Controllers, in<br />

which case due diligence may have already been completed in this capacity. Where this is the<br />

case, it is not necessary to repeat due diligence activities for the Direct Appointee.<br />

6.9.3. Direct Appointees may vary by Product or Service provided by HSBC. Procedures should be in<br />

place to:<br />

a) Identify, verify, screen and record applicable Direct Appointees;<br />

b) Understand their position/ connection to the Company; and<br />

c) Identify, verify and record that Direct Appointees have properly executed authority from<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> entity to act on its behalf for the activity undertaken.<br />

6.9.4. Direct Appointee information will not typically be captured in the <strong>CDD</strong> profile unless otherwise<br />

advised by FCC. Examples of this include where a Screening hit has resulted in escalation to FCC,<br />

the results of which are to be recorded on the <strong>CDD</strong> profile.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 95


ID&V of Direct Appointees<br />

6.9.5. The following table sets out the minimum ID&V requirements for Direct Appointees using a Risk<br />

Based Approach:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 96


Fig. 6.12: Minimum ID&V requirements for Direct Appointees<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> FCRR<br />

Other Entities<br />

High/ SCC<br />

Medium<br />

Low<br />

Identification<br />

For all Direct Appointees<br />

identify:<br />

Full Name<br />

Date of Birth<br />

Permanent Residential<br />

Address<br />

For all Direct Appointees<br />

identify:<br />

Full Name<br />

Date of Birth*<br />

For all Direct Appointees<br />

identify:<br />

Full Name<br />

Date of Birth*<br />

Verification<br />

Verify the identity of all Direct Appointees<br />

No verification of identity is required.<br />

No verification of identity is required.<br />

* Further additional Information, such as Date of Birth or address will be obtained as necessary to address potential Screening matches. In countries where it is not usual to use street<br />

addresses, it is acceptable to record the residential address of the entity according to standard local practice such as PO Box Number and physical location(s) of the residence.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 97


6.9.6. Where directed above, the identity of Direct Appointees must be verified using one reliable and<br />

independent source to establish that the named person exists.<br />

6.9.7. Detailed requirements and acceptable sources are described in the ID&V Matrix. This includes for<br />

example: government-issued documents, identification or travel documents or approved<br />

information providers (e.g. Forbes) to verify the identity of well-known individuals.<br />

6.10 KYC Introduction<br />

6.10.1 Understanding the <strong>Customer</strong>‘s business is a critical step in understanding and mitigating the<br />

Financial Crime risks that doing business with the <strong>Customer</strong> may bring.<br />

6.10.2 To understand the nature of your <strong>Customer</strong>, its business and the associated Financial Crime risks<br />

posed by the <strong>Customer</strong>, the following Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) procedures will be undertaken<br />

in addition to ID&V procedures:<br />

<br />

Screening – Screening of the <strong>Customer</strong>, Connected and Other Related Parties against<br />

Sanctions, Terrorist, PEP or other lists as well as Negative News Screening;<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Understanding the Nature of Business and Source(s) of Wealth – Gathering<br />

information on the <strong>Customer</strong>s’ Nature of Business and Source of Wealth on a Risk Based<br />

Approach;<br />

Understanding the Source(s) of Funds – Gathering information on the <strong>Customer</strong>s’<br />

Source of Funds;<br />

Understanding the purpose and usage of account – Gathering information on the<br />

purpose and use of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account in support of Transaction Monitoring;<br />

Completion of a <strong>Customer</strong> Visitation – Supplementing the <strong>CDD</strong> process to enhance the<br />

understanding of the <strong>Customer</strong> and the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business .<br />

6.10.3 KYC, along with ID&V, information is recorded in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile, in order to provide a complete<br />

picture of the due diligence undertaken on a <strong>Customer</strong> at a given point in time.<br />

6.10.4 These KYC requirements apply to all <strong>Customer</strong> entity types, and any additional requirements or<br />

differences in respect to specific ‘customer types’ (e.g. Trusts, PICs etc.) will be detailed in the<br />

relevant customer chapters.<br />

6.11 <strong>Customer</strong> Screening<br />

Parties to be Screened<br />

6.11.1 The following table sets out the parties and information to be screened where identified during the<br />

ID&V process, in relation to Corporates and Partnerships regardless of the FCRR:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 97


Fig. 6.13: Parties and Information to be screened<br />

Party<br />

Official and<br />

Other<br />

Screening Lists<br />

NegativeNews<br />

Screening<br />

Information Screened<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s Yes Yes Full Names and any “Trading As” names<br />

identified during ID&V<br />

Connected Parties<br />

Beneficial Owners Yes Yes Full Name of the individuals or legal entity<br />

identified including the Ultimate Beneficial<br />

Owner and Intermediate Owner identified<br />

during ID&V<br />

Key Controllers Yes Yes Full name of the individuals and legal entities<br />

identified in ID&V<br />

Other Directors, not<br />

identified as Key<br />

Controllers<br />

Yes No Full name of the Individuals identified in ID&V<br />

Direct Appointees Yes No Full name of Direct Appointees identified<br />

during ID&V<br />

Other Related Parties<br />

Other Related Parties Yes Yes Where identified, the full names of these<br />

parties must be screened<br />

6.11.2 The Global <strong>CDD</strong> Templates specify which parties are required to be screened based on the table<br />

above. Screening may take place outside the Global <strong>CDD</strong> Template with the results captured in<br />

the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

6.11.3 If it is known that a <strong>Customer</strong> has changed its name in the past, Screening against Official and<br />

Other lists should include both the new name as well as the previous name(s). If the <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

name has changed within 5 years, both the new and previous name should also be subject to<br />

Negative News Screening (as applicable based on FCRR as outlined in Fig 6.14 below).<br />

6.11.4 Negative Newsscreening is required (in line with Fig 6.14) at each periodic review, but should only<br />

cover the period from the last review to the present.<br />

Negative NewsScreening<br />

6.11.5 Negative News Screening helps to identify adverse News about our <strong>Customer</strong>s in order to take<br />

necessary steps to protect HSBC’s reputation (see Common Topics Chapter 3: Screening for<br />

definitions of each).<br />

6.11.6 Negative NewsScreening is required for all customers regardless of FCRR:<br />

Fig. 6.14: Negative NewsScreening by FCRR<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> FCRR<br />

Corporates & Partnerships<br />

All<br />

Negative News<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 98


6.11.7 Refer to Common Process Chapter 3: Screening for details on the application of Screening/<br />

Resolution of screening hits.<br />

6.12 Understanding Nature of Business and Source(s) of Wealth<br />

6.12.1 The information needed to understand the <strong>Customer</strong>’s Nature of Business and Source(s) of Wealth<br />

will depend on the particular circumstances presented by the <strong>Customer</strong> including the extent to<br />

which their business is established and/or connected to other entities/businesses.<br />

Nature of Business<br />

6.12.2 The nature, type and scope of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business must be understood in order to assess the<br />

Financial Crime risk implied.<br />

6.12.3 The following information should be gathered about the <strong>Customer</strong>:<br />

Fig. 6.15: Nature of Business information requirements for all <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Information Areas to be Covered<br />

All FCRR<br />

Business Type<br />

Industries or business types in which the <strong>Customer</strong> participates<br />

Types of <strong>Customer</strong> with whom the <strong>Customer</strong> does business (e.g.<br />

business to consumer, business to business)<br />

Geographic location of major <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

Countries of Business Focus<br />

Countries where the <strong>Customer</strong> does business / Countries they trade<br />

with or provide services to<br />

Where the <strong>Customer</strong> has any exposure to a Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Country (SSC), this must be escalated to FCC in line with the Sanctions<br />

Escalation Matrix and EDD may apply<br />

Additionally, any <strong>Customer</strong> with Business Operations in a High Risk<br />

Country must be escalated to FCC and EDD may apply. See section<br />

6.20 for further detail.<br />

Key Financial Data<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Total annual revenue (USD equivalent)<br />

Sources of Revenue<br />

Total Asset size<br />

Size of the business (e.g. number of employees, number of offices or<br />

store locations, etc.)<br />

6.12.4 Details of any recent material changes to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business (e.g. change in Business Type<br />

or move from domestic to international) need to be understood. At <strong>Customer</strong> on-boarding, a recent<br />

change is considered to be a change within the past 5 years.<br />

6.12.5 For newly incorporated/registered/formed businesses at on-boarding, the Nature of Business<br />

information will be based on the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business plan, i.e. consideration of the intended<br />

products/ services, strategic business and growth plans, and targeted <strong>Customer</strong> base. Where a<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 99


usiness plan is not available, information is to be gathered by means of inquiry and validated as<br />

part of the first periodic review.<br />

6.12.6 Information gathered will be driven primarily by the questions included within the <strong>CDD</strong> templates<br />

which are tailored to each risk category and the level of public accountability.<br />

6.12.7 EDD requirements for <strong>Customer</strong>s with exposure to High Risk or Sensitive Countries are set out in<br />

Sections 6.19 and 6.20.<br />

Understanding the Source(s) of Wealth<br />

6.12.8 Source of Wealth relates to the business activity or situation that generated the <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

accumulated capital.<br />

6.12.9 Two aspects must be considered:<br />

a) The origin of the initial Source(s) of Wealth – the business activity or situation that<br />

generated their accumulated capital, not just the portion that is invested with the bank for the<br />

initial deposit/account opening or premium paid/ cash invested; and<br />

b) The origin of ongoing Source(s) of Wealth – the ongoing business activities or situation that<br />

will generate the funds that will be deposited into the account or premium paid/ cash invested.<br />

Information to Understand Source(s) of Wealth<br />

6.12.10 Sufficient Source(s) of Wealth information should be collected to enable HSBC to form a reasonable<br />

conclusion that the <strong>Customer</strong> has earned or otherwise acquired their accumulated capital legally.<br />

This may involve obtaining supporting documentation from the <strong>Customer</strong> to validate the Source of<br />

Wealth information. Acceptable sources for validation will be included in the ID&V matrix.<br />

6.12.11 For many established HSBC <strong>Customer</strong>s, the Source(s) of Wealth will be evident from the nature of<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business/ operations and the Beneficial Owners. The <strong>Customer</strong>’s Annual<br />

report/financial statements and accounts (or equivalent) will also provide useful sources of<br />

information in order to understand the Source of Wealth.<br />

6.12.12 Where the annual report/financial statements and accounts are used to identify Source(s) of<br />

Wealth, the <strong>CDD</strong> Operating Unit must identify and record the name of one of the following in the<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> profile:<br />

a) The accountant;<br />

b) The accounting firm;<br />

c) The auditor; or<br />

d) The audit firm.<br />

Where the <strong>Customer</strong> does not have an accountant or auditor the financial statements and<br />

accounts should be reviewed in conjunction with other available information to ensure they are in<br />

line with what we know of the <strong>Customer</strong>. Where there is any doubt as to the validity of the<br />

financial statements the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC.<br />

6.12.13 Newly incorporated/registered/formed businesses will not possess prior trading records or historical<br />

financial statements that established businesses can provide. Source of Wealth information will<br />

therefore focus on the origin of the capital being invested into the business to finance operations.<br />

Emphasis should also be placed on understanding the level of capital declared compared with the<br />

level of initial account funding/ Investment premium.<br />

6.12.14 The ID&V Matrix sets out, in detail, the information and documentation sources to be obtained to<br />

validate Source of Wealth for all <strong>Customer</strong>s, including newly incorporated/registered/formed<br />

businesses.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 100


6.13 Understanding Sources of Funds<br />

6.13.1 Source(s) of Funds means the source of currency/ financial instruments deposited, which includes<br />

the amount to be transferred to the HSBC account for investment or premium payment purposes<br />

at on-boarding.<br />

6.13.2 Funds may originate from a range of sources, including but not limited to the purchase and/or sale<br />

of assets (such as real estate) or earnings from business ownership or business activities.<br />

6.13.3 For many <strong>Customer</strong>s, the Source(s) of Funds will simply be earnings from the business activity.<br />

6.13.4 For all <strong>Customer</strong>s, the aggregate amount from all accounts being opened must be reviewed to<br />

ensure it is in keeping with the information collected on the <strong>Customer</strong>’s Source of Wealth and<br />

Nature of Business.<br />

6.13.5 The amount being deposited must also be validated against one source e.g. bank statements, and<br />

the method of transfer understood in the following circumstances:<br />

a) Where the initial amount to be deposited at customer on-boarding is considered<br />

significant, i.e. exceeds US$150,000 or equivalent local currency.<br />

b) Where the initial deposit/ investment/ payment is to be made in cash and this amount<br />

exceeds US$10,000 or equivalent local currency.<br />

6.13.6 Validation of funds is required at new customer on-boarding and additionally where an existing<br />

customer opens a new account and meets the criteria listed in section 6.13.5.<br />

6.13.7 Where there are automated controls in place, Source of Funds may be reviewed as part of the<br />

monitoring process upon transfer in of the initial funds.<br />

6.14 Understanding the Intended Purpose and Usage of Account<br />

6.14.1 In order to understand the intended purpose of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s relationship with HSBC, information<br />

must be gathered in relation to the following higher risk characteristics:<br />

a) Products and services to be provided to the <strong>Customer</strong>, i.e. product lists etc.<br />

b) Purpose of the account/ product/ service, their intended usage and rationale for products<br />

and services<br />

6.14.2 Where appropriate for the service(s) offered to the <strong>Customer</strong> the relevant information below must<br />

be gathered:<br />

a) For cross-border transactions, the rationale, purpose, expected volume and value of<br />

expected significant 43 payments.<br />

b) For current accounts, the purpose of account, expected amount and average value of<br />

regular cash deposits/withdrawals.<br />

c) Rationale for the <strong>Customer</strong> to hold large balances in current accounts with minimal<br />

activity.<br />

6.14.3 The information captured in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile supports the transaction monitoring alerts process, as<br />

well as ensuring that the <strong>Customer</strong> is appropriately risk rated.<br />

6.14.4 It is important to ensure that the information regarding the products and services held, and purpose<br />

and use of the account/ products/ services is kept up to date to allow the analyst/ RM to confirm<br />

that the transaction patterns are in line with the rest of the <strong>CDD</strong> profile. Examples of when updates<br />

may be required include Trigger Events or as part of a Periodic Review.<br />

43 Minimum thresholds are currently to be defined locally.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 101


6.15 Visitation Requirements<br />

Types of Visitation<br />

6.15.1 The types of visitation which may occur include:<br />

a) AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong> purposes – An AML <strong>Customer</strong> visit supplements the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

gathered on the <strong>Customer</strong> and the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business as outlined in this document. It<br />

is particularly useful in understanding the Nature of Business of the <strong>Customer</strong> on site.<br />

b) Relationship Management – <strong>Customer</strong>s may be visited regularly in support of<br />

relationship management, including sales, marketing and ongoing serving of relationship.<br />

c) Credit/Borrowing Review – certain HSBC borrowing <strong>Customer</strong>s will be visited annually<br />

for the purposes of the Credit review.<br />

Purpose of an AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong><br />

6.15.2 AML visitation for <strong>CDD</strong> purposes provides an opportunity to:<br />

a) Substantiate information provided on the <strong>Customer</strong> Questionnaire and observe the<br />

environment in which the <strong>Customer</strong> operates;<br />

b) Ask follow-up questions in response to specific Trigger Events;<br />

c) Validate the appropriateness of the products and services provided to the <strong>Customer</strong>;<br />

d) Substantiate anticipated volumes; and<br />

e) Gather additional information/clarification about the ownership and control structure.<br />

6.15.3 The specific focus of the physical site visit will depend on the <strong>Customer</strong>’s Nature of Business. For<br />

example, if visiting a manufacturer, the RM/ employee conducting the visit, would expect to see<br />

machines, raw materials and finished products, in accordance with the <strong>Customer</strong>’s specific<br />

operations.<br />

6.15.4 A <strong>Customer</strong> visit is not a substitute for <strong>Customer</strong> ID&V or KYC.<br />

6.15.5 A visit for AML <strong>CDD</strong> purposes may be conducted at the same time as visitations for other purposes,<br />

provided that the visit enables the staff member to fully complete the Visitation <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Assessment.<br />

Situations where an AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong> purposes is required<br />

6.15.6 For all <strong>Customer</strong> Types and FCRRs, a site visit may be required in response to concerns over a<br />

specific Financial Crime risk:<br />

a) <strong>Customer</strong> escalation to FCC, Negative News report or Material Trigger Event;<br />

b) Transaction Monitoring findings; and/or<br />

6.15.7 SARs. In such instances FCC may request or the Business may determine that a <strong>Customer</strong> visit is<br />

appropriate in order to:<br />

a) Validate certain information or obtain further information from someone in a particular part<br />

of the <strong>Customer</strong> organisation; and/or<br />

b) Discuss a specific AML or related issue.<br />

6.15.8 In these circumstances, FCC will specify the legal entity to be visited (i.e. reliance may not be<br />

appropriate).<br />

6.15.9 When a site visit is required as a result of a SAR being raised or as a result of other Financial Crime<br />

risk concerns, care needs to be taken to avoid “tipping off”. See Compliance FIM B2.17.1 for GPPs<br />

relating to the criminal offence of ‘tipping off’ and the importance of not informing <strong>Customer</strong>s that a<br />

suspicion report has been made.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 102


Additional Situations where an AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong> Purposes is required<br />

6.15.10 An AML Visitation for Other Entities is required at on-boarding and periodic review for all SCC and<br />

High Risk RM’d customers, and for High Risk non-RM’d customers. AML Visitation is only required<br />

for Medium and Low Risk <strong>Customer</strong> on identification of financial crime concerns:<br />

Fig. 6.16: AML Visitation requirements for Corporates & Partnerships<br />

Relationship Managed <strong>Customer</strong>s and Non-Relationship Managed <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

FCRR<br />

On-boarding<br />

Periodic Review<br />

SCC 44<br />

High<br />

Y<br />

Y - Annual<br />

Medium<br />

Low<br />

Financial crime concerns only<br />

Additional Detail on AML Visitations for <strong>CDD</strong> Purposes<br />

Fig. 6.17: AML Visitations for <strong>CDD</strong> Purposes<br />

Home based<br />

businesses<br />

Periodic review<br />

triggered by Material<br />

Changes to <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Circumstance<br />

A home-based business is defined as a business that is operating from the Permanent<br />

Residential Address of the Beneficial Owner. Home-based businesses are typically Non-RM’d<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

Home-based businesses may also be exempt from visitation at onboarding or renewal provided<br />

that the Business concludes that it is reasonable for the <strong>Customer</strong>’s business to be home based.<br />

The Business Owner must document the rationale for such a conclusion in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

Factors for consideration may include: number of employees, the industry type, or whether the<br />

business is predominantly cash based.<br />

Due to the size and scale of a typical Sole Trader, many will operate their business from their<br />

residential address and will not have a separate business address (i.e. a home-based<br />

business).<br />

Where a <strong>Customer</strong> Material Trigger Event results in a <strong>Customer</strong>’s FCRR increasing from Low<br />

or Medium Risk to High or SCC, a periodic review may be triggered. In these instances a site<br />

visit must be completed within a maximum of 60 days. The guidance on reliance and homebased<br />

businesses continues to apply.<br />

Completion of an AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong> Purposes<br />

6.15.11 All AML visitations must be completed by an appropriately trained member of staff within the<br />

business.<br />

6.15.12 Following a site visit the staff member will document the visit in the appropriate Relationship<br />

Management system or in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

6.15.13 It is not a requirement to attach the full <strong>Customer</strong> Visitation report to the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile, provided the<br />

employee conducting the visit has attested that:<br />

44<br />

All SCC <strong>Customer</strong>s must be Relationship Managed<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 103


a) A satisfactory visit has occurred;<br />

b) There are no financial crime concerns; and<br />

c) Additionally, the report must be accessible to the relevant parties reviewing the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Profile.<br />

6.15.14 At a minimum the following information should be captured in the <strong>CDD</strong> profile:<br />

Fig. 6.18: AML Visitation: Requirement for the <strong>CDD</strong> Profiles<br />

AML Visitation for <strong>CDD</strong> Purposes <strong>Customer</strong> Assessment – requirements for the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile<br />

a) <strong>Customer</strong> Name;<br />

b) Address Visited;<br />

c) Date of visit;<br />

d) Names and titles of person interviewed;<br />

e) Name and title of the person(s) making the visit from HSBC; and<br />

f) Areas of financial crime concern arising from the visit (full site visitation report does not need to be attached)<br />

6.15.15 If the AML visitation is not consistent with the information provided by the <strong>Customer</strong> in the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

profile, consideration should be given to declining the on-boarding or exiting of the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

However, if the employee conducting the visit wishes to proceed with on-boarding or retain the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>, it should be referred to FCC. The business must ensure that they do not “tip off” the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> that there are concerns or that the <strong>Customer</strong> has been referred to FCC:<br />

6.16 EDD Introduction<br />

6.16.1 The purpose of this section is to identify, assess and mitigate the risks associated with <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

who pose a higher risk of Financial Crime and where HSBC could be used as a conduit for Financial<br />

Crime activities. In such circumstances HSBC must apply EDD procedures on a Risk Based<br />

Approach.<br />

6.16.2 EDD requirements involve gathering additional information about the <strong>Customer</strong>, Connected Parties<br />

and Other Related Parties over and above the Core <strong>CDD</strong> requirements.<br />

6.16.3 EDD procedures must be undertaken for all <strong>Customer</strong> Types where the <strong>Customer</strong> is a HNWI or<br />

considered to be an SCC or High Risk, or where individuals connected to the <strong>Customer</strong>, are PEPs<br />

or where they display higher risk characteristics. EDD procedures may be undertaken at<br />

onboarding, Periodic Reviews, Trigger Events or at any time during the course of the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

relationship.<br />

6.16.4 This section highlights the additional requirements not already captured in the risk based approach<br />

outlined in the Retail Business Banking (RBB) ID&V and KYC chapters.<br />

6.17 Politically Exposed Persons<br />

6.17.1 Refer to Global <strong>RBWM</strong> AML Policy Chapter 13: PEPs for further guidance on Politically Exposed<br />

Persons (PEPs):<br />

6.18 Source of Wealth (SoW) for Ultimate Beneficial Owners (UBOs)<br />

6.18.1 The determination of Source(s) of Wealth for Beneficial Owners is required as follows:<br />

a) For all identified Ultimate Beneficial Owners of High FCRR and SCC <strong>Customer</strong>s, i.e.<br />

those identified as owning 10% or more of the <strong>Customer</strong>; and/ or<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 104


) For all <strong>Customer</strong>s where a PEP has been identified as an Ultimate Beneficial Owner,<br />

irrespective of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s FCRR.<br />

6.18.2 For both scenarios, information must be gathered on the identified UBOs in relation to their Source<br />

of Wealth and income to enable an assessment to be made as to whether this is commensurate<br />

with their holding in the company. Evidence supporting the Source of Wealth information must be<br />

documented in the <strong>Customer</strong>’s <strong>CDD</strong> profile.<br />

6.18.3 The ID&V Matrix sets out, in detail, the information and documentation sources to be obtained to<br />

gather Source of Wealth details for UBOs.<br />

6.18.4 Where it is not possible to obtain SoW information from public sources, the business needs to<br />

provide a support statement detailing the information obtained from the <strong>Customer</strong>, which includes<br />

how the UBOs Source of Wealth has been acquired/ built and confirmation that it is consistent with<br />

their holding in the <strong>Customer</strong> entity. This statement should be stored in the <strong>Customer</strong>’s <strong>CDD</strong> profile.<br />

6.18.5 The business needs to be satisfied that they have collected sufficient information to understand the<br />

UBO’s Source of Wealth. If not, the business should consider ceasing to onboard a <strong>Customer</strong> given<br />

the lack of sufficient Source of Wealth information to assess the risk, and whether the Source of<br />

Wealth is commensurate with the UBOs holding in the <strong>Customer</strong>. Should the business wish to<br />

continue with onboarding, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC for review.<br />

6.19 Doing Business in Sensitive Sanctioned Countries<br />

6.19.1 The Global Sanctions Policy (Risk FIM B.2.19) lists those countries designated by HSBC as<br />

Sensitive Sanctioned Countries and includes those countries designated by jurisdictional<br />

programmes imposed by the United Nations, EU, United Kingdom, Hong Kong or the United States<br />

of America. Such programmes include lists of sanctioned individuals, entities or organisations as<br />

well as imposing sanctions which either prohibit almost all commercial activity with the country or<br />

impose broad prohibitions on commercial activity, such as a ban on imports.<br />

6.19.2 Doing business with Sensitive Sanctioned Countries directly or indirectly represents a reputational<br />

risk to the Group and may ultimately expose HSBC to potential breaches of sanctions laws. HSBC<br />

therefore has a limited appetite with respect to <strong>Customer</strong>s that have business dealings with<br />

Sensitive Sanctioned Countries.<br />

6.19.3 EDD will be required to determine if a <strong>Customer</strong>’s exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries is<br />

within the Group’s risk appetite and managed accordingly.<br />

6.19.4 The risk appetite, with respect to a <strong>Customer</strong>’s exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries is a<br />

function of:<br />

a) Countries the <strong>Customer</strong> has exposure to;<br />

b) Type of exposure a <strong>Customer</strong> has to the Sensitive Sanctioned Country (i.e. <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

in, supplies from, investments in or operations in);<br />

c) Type of activity (i.e. any industry in which the <strong>Customer</strong> operates);<br />

d) Level of activity as a % of the entity’s total revenue; and<br />

e) Nature of their relationship with HSBC (i.e. Direct Relationship, Direct Support or Indirect<br />

Risk Exposure 45 ).<br />

6.19.5 Further guidance can be found in the Risk/ Compliance FIM B.2.19.<br />

Identification of <strong>Customer</strong> Exposure<br />

6.19.6 HSBC is concerned with a <strong>Customer</strong>’s direct and indirect risk exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries.<br />

6.19.7 All <strong>Customer</strong>s are required over the course of <strong>CDD</strong> to affirm whether they, or any members of their<br />

group legal entity structure do business in Sensitive Sanctioned Countries. This includes whether<br />

45<br />

Please refer to the Global Sanctions Policy for the definitions of Direct Relationship, Direct Support and Indirect<br />

Risk Exposure.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 105


the <strong>Customer</strong> has Beneficial Owners resident in, <strong>Customer</strong>s in (exports to), obtaining supplies from<br />

(imports from), investments in (assets in) or operations in (business in) Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries.<br />

6.19.8 Communications to <strong>Customer</strong>s will include the list of current Sensitive Sanctioned Countries.<br />

6.19.9 In addition, a <strong>Customer</strong>’s exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries may be identified as a Trigger<br />

Event through payment/trade finance/message screening, Negative News Screening or over the<br />

course of the <strong>Customer</strong> relationship.<br />

Enhanced Due Diligence Procedures<br />

6.19.10 Where a <strong>Customer</strong> has indicated that they have an exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries,<br />

the following EDD activities will need to be performed at onboarding and then at periodic review to<br />

determine whether the <strong>Customer</strong>’s exposure is within the Group’s tolerance levels.<br />

6.19.11 In reaching this determination, the following information should be considered, where relevant, and<br />

should be documented within the <strong>CDD</strong> profile:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 106


Fig. 6.19: Sensitive Sanctioned Country Information to be obtained from the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Information to be obtained from the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Name of legal entity with exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries<br />

Sensitive Sanctioned Countries that the legal entity has exposure to<br />

Type of exposure to each Sensitive Sanctioned Country (owned by/operates in/invests in/has <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

in/purchases from)<br />

The level of activity for each type of exposure that the entity has with a Sensitive Sanctioned Country 46 :<br />

Nature of <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

exposure with a Sensitive<br />

Sanctioned Country<br />

Information required<br />

Owned by BO(s) resident in<br />

a Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Country<br />

Operates in a Sensitive<br />

Sanctioned Country<br />

Has investments in a<br />

Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Country<br />

Selling to <strong>Customer</strong>s in<br />

Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries<br />

Buying from suppliers in<br />

Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Name of BO(s) (UBOs and IOs), where identified, subject to thresholds<br />

in Retail Business Banking Corporates and Partnerships ID&V and KYC<br />

chapters<br />

Total % ownership held by Beneficial Owner(s) domiciled in a Sensitive<br />

Sanctioned Country<br />

Total revenues and assets of the legal entity (USD or local currency)<br />

% of total revenue from operations in Sensitive Sanctioned Countries<br />

Value of investment in Sensitive Sanctioned Countries and total assets<br />

(USD or local currency)<br />

% of total assets related to investments in Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries<br />

Nature of investment (e.g. type of investment, local partners)<br />

Value of export sales to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries (USD or local<br />

currency)<br />

% of total revenues from trade with Sensitive Sanctioned Countries<br />

Nature of products/ services sold<br />

Value of import purchases from Sensitive Sanctioned Countries (USD or<br />

local currency)<br />

% of total cost of goods sold from purchases from Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries<br />

Nature of products/ services purchased<br />

The entity’s primary business operation, including information on the products and services involved in their<br />

exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries.<br />

Supplementary information regarding:<br />

<br />

<br />

The <strong>Customer</strong>’s business plans with regards to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries (e.g. to reduce or terminate<br />

transactions with a Sensitive Sanctioned Country; for example winding up of a business) and anticipated timing<br />

of such activities;<br />

Description of the <strong>Customer</strong>’s control procedures to monitor transactions with Sensitive Sanctioned Countries<br />

and to ensure compliance with sanctions regulations; and<br />

46<br />

This information needs to be captured in relation to each Sensitive Sanctioned Country which the <strong>Customer</strong> has<br />

exposure to.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 107


Information required<br />

Whether the legal entities with exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries are HSBC <strong>Customer</strong>s, and if so:<br />

a) Which Products and services are offered to the <strong>Customer</strong>?<br />

b) Do the Products provided have a specific purpose to support trade with Sensitive Sanctioned Countries?<br />

Control and Approvals Process<br />

6.19.12 Once full information about the <strong>Customer</strong>’s exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned Countries has been<br />

received by the business and <strong>CDD</strong> Operating Unit, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to FCC<br />

Sanctions. FCC Sanctions will determine whether the exposure is within HSBC’s risk appetite and<br />

to determine whether any additional EDD is required.<br />

6.19.13 The table below describes the additional <strong>CDD</strong> control and approvals procedures required:<br />

Fig. 6.20: Additional <strong>CDD</strong> Control and Approval processes<br />

Scenario<br />

Legal entity that HSBC banks has an<br />

exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries in excess of the exposure<br />

levels (Refer to Global Sanctions<br />

Policy/ FIM)<br />

Legal entity that HSBC banks has an<br />

exposure to Sensitive Sanctioned<br />

Countries within threshold amounts<br />

Controls and Approval processes<br />

a) New <strong>Customer</strong>s should be declined unless a Sanctions Risk<br />

Approval is obtained through a referral to FCC Sanctions and<br />

where necessary the Reputational Risk and Client Selection<br />

Committee (RRCS). The Sanctions Risk Approval Form can be<br />

found in the Global Sanctions SharePoint at:<br />

http://teams.uk.hsbc/compliance/globalsanctions/Blank%20Tem<br />

plates/Forms /AllItems.aspx.<br />

b) For existing <strong>Customer</strong>s, a Sanctions Risk Approval must be<br />

obtained (by referral to FCC Sanctions and where necessary the<br />

RRCS). In the event a Sanctions Risk Approval is declined, the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> relationship must be exited.<br />

c) The escalation to FCC Sanctions should indicate any risk<br />

mitigations to be considered by FCC Sanctions. If a Sanctions<br />

Risk Approval is granted, the <strong>Customer</strong>’s FCRR must be SCC<br />

d) Where required by FCC Sanctions, the <strong>Customer</strong> must<br />

acknowledge and agree in writing that HSBC will not facilitate<br />

payments to any person or entity listed on a sanctions list or<br />

located in a Sensitive Sanctioned Country. The wording of any<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> undertaking must be approved by FCC Sanctions.<br />

e) It should be noted that depending on the specific sanctions<br />

measures in place any particular transaction may be prohibited<br />

a) <strong>Customer</strong>s with Sensitive Sanctioned Country exposure that falls<br />

within the thresholds can be on-boarded or maintained only with<br />

the approval of the FCC Sanctions Officer.<br />

b) If approval is given to open or maintain the customer relationship,<br />

the Country Sanctions Officer should consider whether the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> should be categorised as a Special Category Client<br />

(SCC).<br />

c) Where required by FCC Sanctions, the <strong>Customer</strong> must<br />

acknowledge and agree in writing that HSBC will not facilitate<br />

payments to any person or entity listed on a sanctions list or<br />

located in a Sensitive Sanctioned Country. The wording of any<br />

customer undertaking must be approved by FCC Sanctions<br />

d) It should be noted that depending on the specific sanctions<br />

measures in place any particular transaction may be prohibited<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 108


6.20 <strong>Customer</strong>s with Identified Exposure to Countries with a<br />

Transparency International Corruption Perception Index (TI CPI) Score of 22 or Less<br />

6.20.1 HSBC has a limited appetite for <strong>Customer</strong>s with a significant exposure to high risk countries where<br />

the TI CPI score is ≤ 22. These <strong>Customer</strong>s must be risk-rated High, require additional approvals<br />

from the regional/local RRCSC and are subject to the additional EDD as described in this section.<br />

These <strong>Customer</strong>s must be escalated to FCC.<br />

6.20.2 Significant <strong>Customer</strong> exposure to TI CPI ≤ 22 countries is defined as:<br />

a) <strong>Customer</strong> incorporated/registered/formed in a TI CPI ≤ 22 country;<br />

b) <strong>Customer</strong> with a primary business operation in a TI CPI ≤ 22 country;<br />

c) <strong>Customer</strong> with a ≥ 25% UBO whose country of permanent residence is the TI CPI ≤ 22<br />

country; or<br />

d) <strong>Customer</strong> with known business operations in TI CPI ≤ 22 countries of 10% or more from a<br />

single jurisdiction or 25% or more from several jurisdictions, as indicated by:<br />

Total Investments; and/ or<br />

Total Sales; and/ or<br />

Total Supplies; and/or<br />

HSBC products and services provided with the specific purpose of supporting activity in<br />

that country (e.g. provision of a performance guarantee).<br />

6.20.3 Where exposure to a TI CPI ≤ 22 country has been identified over the course of <strong>CDD</strong>, further Nature<br />

of Business information is required. The information required varies according to the nature of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>’s exposure, as outlined in the Table below:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 109


Fig. 6.21: Further Nature of Business Information<br />

Nature of <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

Exposure to TI ≤ 22<br />

countries<br />

Incorporated/Registered<br />

/Formed in the Country<br />

Source of Exposure Identification<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> ID&V (see Section 6.6)<br />

Further EDD requirements to be Captured<br />

No additional EDD requirements<br />

Operates in the Country <strong>Customer</strong> ID&V (see Section 6.6) No additional EDD requirements<br />

Owned by BOs<br />

domiciled in country<br />

Has investments in<br />

country<br />

Sells to <strong>Customer</strong>s in<br />

country<br />

Buys from suppliers in<br />

country<br />

UBO ID&V (see Section 6.7)<br />

identifies UBO country of primary<br />

residence for Other Entities and<br />

Country of Incorporation for IO’s.<br />

Nature of Business information (see<br />

Section 6.12) identifies Countries<br />

where the <strong>Customer</strong> does business<br />

AND/OR<br />

Products and Services provided to<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> have the specific<br />

purpose of supporting investments<br />

with the Country<br />

AND/OR<br />

Based on other <strong>Customer</strong><br />

management/transaction monitoring<br />

information<br />

Nature of Business information on<br />

Countries the <strong>Customer</strong> does<br />

business/Trades with as outlined in<br />

Section 6.12;<br />

AND/OR<br />

Products and Services provided to<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> have the specific<br />

purpose of supporting business<br />

activity with the Country<br />

AND/OR<br />

Based on other <strong>Customer</strong><br />

management/transaction monitoring<br />

information e.g. from Trade product<br />

information<br />

No additional EDD requirements as UBO<br />

Source of Wealth will be identified, as outlined<br />

in Section 6.18.<br />

a) Value of investment (USD or local<br />

currency, % of total assets) in the<br />

country<br />

b) Nature of investment (e.g. type of<br />

investment, local partners)<br />

a) Value of exports/imports (USD or local<br />

currency, % of total)<br />

b) Nature of exports/imports (e.g.<br />

products/services sold or purchased)<br />

Additionally for all:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Description of any specific control procedures that the <strong>Customer</strong> has to monitor the risks associated with the TI<br />

CPI ≤ 22 country;<br />

Details of <strong>Customer</strong>’s business plans in the market (i.e. expansion through acquisition of new <strong>Customer</strong>s,<br />

expansion of existing relationships, change of existing contracts, Exit from the market etc.) and anticipated<br />

timings for such plans;<br />

Details of HSBC products and services provided with the specific purpose of supporting the <strong>Customer</strong>’s activity<br />

with the Country.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 110


7. Clubs & Societies<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the Objective<br />

be achieved?<br />

Scope of Section<br />

To identify, assess and mitigate the risks associated with specific <strong>Customer</strong> types which<br />

pose a higher risk of Financial Crime, and/or where HSBC could be used as a conduit<br />

for Financial Crime activities.<br />

This <strong>Customer</strong> type requires additional and/or specific due diligence to address their risk<br />

attributes, outside the scope of the standard ID&V, KYC and general EDD requirements.<br />

This Section outlines who the <strong>Customer</strong> is for due diligence purposes, and the specific<br />

and/ or additional due diligence requirements for Clubs and Societies.<br />

Section outlines the ID&V procedures with respect to the following:<br />

Definitions and Risks of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

7.1. Introduction<br />

7.2. Definition of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

7.3 Risks Associated with Clubs and Societies<br />

7.4. Key Connected parties<br />

7.5. Prohibited Clubs and Societies and <strong>Customer</strong> Risk Classification<br />

ID&V of the <strong>Customer</strong> and their Connected Parties<br />

7.6. ID&V Requirements for the Club/Society<br />

7.7. ID&V Requirements for Connected Parties<br />

Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

7.8. <strong>Customer</strong> Screening<br />

7.9. Understanding Nature of Business and Source(s) of Wealth<br />

7.10. Understanding the Intended Purpose and Usage of Account<br />

7.11. Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

Related Sections<br />

Guidance sources<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Individuals (ID&V)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (KYC)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (EDD)<br />

Chapter 4 – Trusts (available in this document - <strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> <strong>Customer</strong> <strong>LoBP</strong>)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - NPOs<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 111


Definitions and Risks of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

7.1 Introduction<br />

7.1.1. The procedures below outline the <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence (<strong>CDD</strong>) standards that should be<br />

followed for Clubs and Societies. Where the requirements align to the standards for Corporates,<br />

Individuals, or other Legal Entity types, a cross reference is used to indicate related Global<br />

Guidance and <strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>LoBP</strong> sections.<br />

7.1.2. <strong>RBWM</strong> only banks Clubs & Societies, for all categories of Non-Profit Organisations (NPOs) other<br />

than Clubs and Societies, please refer to the Global Procedural Standards for CMB and the<br />

applicable <strong>CDD</strong> standards.<br />

7.2 Definition of <strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

7.2.1 The majority of Clubs and Societies will have the following characteristics:<br />

a) Legal status defined by the organisation’s aims and purpose;<br />

b) Are self-governing private organisations, which pursue activities for public or private interest<br />

or benefit (e.g. social, literary, or religious purposes);<br />

c) Operate on the principle that funds are raised for a stated cause or “mission” through a<br />

diverse set of Donors/ Members;<br />

d) Funds are distributed to other projects, organisations, or individuals, in accordance with the<br />

aims of the organisation.<br />

7.2.2. Clubs and Societies are usually funded by Donors or Members through:<br />

a) Donations;<br />

b) Membership Dues; and/or,<br />

c) Grants.<br />

7.2.3. Management of funds within Clubs and Societies sits with the Key Controllers of the organisation.<br />

It is the responsibility of the Key Controllers to manage and distribute the funds, which must be<br />

completed in a manner consistent with, and in support of, the objectives of the organisation.<br />

7.2.4. Clubs and Societies generally distribute benefits internally to the Connected Parties of the<br />

organisation (e.g. to its Members)<br />

7.2.5. Descriptions of Clubs and Societies may include:<br />

Figure 7.1: Descriptions of Clubs and Societies<br />

Description<br />

Examples<br />

Clubs and<br />

Societies<br />

<br />

An association of members sharing a common interest by the use<br />

of a structure (formal or informal) through which they can pursue<br />

that interest;<br />

<br />

<br />

Chess club;<br />

Football club.<br />

<br />

Depending on the size, purpose, and jurisdiction, may be<br />

incorporated or unincorporated;<br />

<br />

Only unincorporated Clubs and Societies are permitted within<br />

<strong>RBWM</strong> and will be treated as a Partnership unless otherwise<br />

specified (refer to Global Procedural Standards Corporates and<br />

Partnerships Chapter [6] for additional detail). If any incorporated<br />

Clubs and Societies are identified refer to Country FCC.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 112


7.2.6. Investment clubs are outside the scope of this section as they are operationally different from other<br />

clubs in terms of funding and purpose and will be covered in the Funds Chapter 10 of the Global<br />

Procedural Standards.<br />

7.3 Risks Associated with Clubs and Societies<br />

7.3.1 Many clubs and societies are small or medium sized organisations and as such are reliant on a few<br />

professionals/volunteers to control their funds and assets. These arrangements may lack the<br />

scrutiny and segregation of roles and responsibilities which is often a feature of large organisations;<br />

7.3.2 Clubs and societies will often lack formally executed documentation and, accordingly, the risk of<br />

misrepresentation or deception may be higher<br />

7.4 Key Connected Parties associated with Clubs and Societies<br />

7.4.1 Establishing the Connected Parties requires an understanding of how the Club/ Society is<br />

structured, how funding is sourced, who has control over the distribution of funds, and to whom the<br />

funds are distributed.<br />

7.4.2 The following table defines key Connected Parties requiring <strong>CDD</strong> for clubs and Societies in <strong>RBWM</strong>:<br />

Figure 7.2: Definition of key Connected Parties requiring <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Role<br />

Description<br />

Beneficial<br />

Owners<br />

<br />

It is important to note that in the case of a Club or Society, there will be no individuals or<br />

entity that will be classed as a “Beneficial Owner 47 . This is due to the purpose and<br />

organisational structure of Clubs and Societies and the absence of share capital 48 ;<br />

Donors Individuals or entities providing funds to the organisation; e.g. Donations outside of<br />

normal membership fees<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Donors may provide one-time only payments or regular ongoing funds to the<br />

organisation;<br />

Donors surrender ownership and control of the donated funds to the Club or Society;<br />

Based on the structure of the entity, in certain circumstances Donors can retain control<br />

over the funds<br />

Members would not automatically be considered a Donor unless they meet one of the<br />

requirements above.<br />

Key Controllers Individuals who are elected or appointed to exercise direct control over the <strong>Customer</strong> by<br />

participating in its governance or senior executive activities;<br />

<br />

<br />

The title given to a Key Controller varies according to the type of entity and country of<br />

operation/incorporation<br />

For a Club or Society a Key Controller may be the President of the club, the Treasurer,<br />

or the club Secretary;<br />

Managing<br />

Members<br />

<br />

Managing Members are considered to be individual members who are elected/appointed<br />

to participate in the governance of the organisation and will have a significant amount of<br />

control over the organisation;<br />

49 For a definition of Beneficial Owner refer to Figure 6.2 Corporates and Partnerships Section<br />

50 In the context of the Global Non-Profit Organisations (NPO) Procedural Standards, an entity may have material control over the Club or Society<br />

whether through voting rights, appointment of Senior Management, or direct management of the entity. This may result in a parent and/or<br />

branch/subsidiary relationship for Clubs and Societies.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 113


Other Connected<br />

Parties<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The primary difference between a Managing Member and a Key Controller is that a<br />

Managing Member is part of the membership base of the organisation and directly<br />

benefits from the purpose of the organisation;<br />

Managing Members may exist along with Key Controllers;<br />

Examples of other Connected Parties include, but are not limited to, Authorised<br />

Signatories and Power of Attorney holders, who may be appointed in positions of<br />

effective control of the <strong>Customer</strong>;<br />

Individuals with Sole Authority over the <strong>Customer</strong>’s <strong>RBWM</strong> account/financial affairs are<br />

also considered to be Key Controllers due to the influence they have over the<br />

organisation. Where these parties are not recorded in Product Level Due Diligence, they<br />

may be recorded in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

7.4.3. The following table establishes definitions of Other Related Parties who may require <strong>CDD</strong> based<br />

on their role within the organisation:<br />

Figure 7.3: Other Related Parties who may require <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Role<br />

Description<br />

Members Individuals who have joined a Club or Society*;<br />

<br />

While membership fees are usually collected, the payment of membership fees is not a<br />

prerequisite to be considered a member.<br />

*where the Club or Society has AUM over $10,000 and there are less than 5 members<br />

Volunteers Individuals who engage in activities to help a Club or Society achieve its stated<br />

objective;<br />

<br />

The activity should not be primarily undertaken for financial reward.<br />

7.5 Prohibited Clubs and Societies and <strong>Customer</strong> Risk Classification<br />

7.5.1. Clubs and Societies will be risk rated according to the Financial Crime <strong>Customer</strong> Risk Assessment<br />

Model (FCC-RAM) 49 .<br />

7.5.2. Certain types of Clubs or Societies are prohibited customers. These include:<br />

a) Entities named on sanctions lists issued by Competent Authorities in any jurisdiction.<br />

b) Entities the subject of allegations of links to criminal/terrorist related activities/persons.<br />

c) Entities which have activities or aims that may present a heightened reputational risk (e.g.<br />

Due to high profile/media attention) 50 .<br />

d) Entities which have activities which support a HSBC prohibited <strong>Customer</strong> type.<br />

7.5.3. The following High Risk Indicators are to be considered for Clubs and Societies:<br />

a) Significant exposure (25% or more of annual contributions from or disbursements) to high<br />

risk jurisdictions (cross border fund movement and/or geographical presence outside of the<br />

country of establishment);<br />

b) Majority (50% or more) of the incoming annual funds are collected in cash (where this 50%<br />

is equal to or exceeds US$10k or equivalent local currency).<br />

49<br />

Where a Club or Society is associated with a Political Party, the organisation should be risk rated according to the FCC-RAM. Where a PEP is<br />

identified as a Key Controllers refer to Global <strong>RBWM</strong> Line of Business Procedures - PEPs.<br />

50<br />

Note: where the Business is uncertain as to whether a Club or Society should be considered prohibited, escalate to Country FCC.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 114


7.6 ID&V Requirements for the Club / Society<br />

7.6.1 The following minimum identification and verification information must be obtained for Clubs and<br />

Societies:<br />

Figure 7.4: Minimum ID&V Requirements<br />

Minimum Identification Requirements – Clubs and Societies (all FCRRs)<br />

a) Full Legal Name;<br />

b) Structure of Club and Society Identification Number or equivalent (e.g. registration number, tax identification<br />

number) (where available);<br />

c) Registered status and name of supervisory body (where applicable); 51<br />

d) Registered 12 address (where applicable);<br />

e) Business 52 address (where applicable);<br />

f) Year of establishment;<br />

g) Website address (where available).<br />

Verification Requirements – Clubs and Societies (all FCRRs)<br />

a) Full Legal Name;<br />

b) Registered address 52 (where applicable);<br />

c) Business Address 52 (where applicable);<br />

d) Identification Number or equivalent (e.g. registration number, tax identification number) (where available).<br />

Verification Sources (all FCRRs):<br />

Two reliable and independent verification sources are required; one of which must be a Primary Document. Please<br />

refer to the Individuals ID&V chapter.<br />

For unincorporated organisations (i.e. organisations with no defined legal entity structure):<br />

Obtain tax related documentation where available ; and<br />

Constitution or Rules of the Organisation (where available)<br />

If address is that of a connected party, verify their address<br />

7.6.2. In addition to the above minimum identification requirements, further information may be obtained<br />

to enhance the <strong>Customer</strong>’s experience or to facilitate communications with the <strong>Customer</strong>; for<br />

example, telephone number and email address.<br />

7.7 ID&V Requirements for Connected Parties (i.e. Key Controller)<br />

7.7.1. The following connected parties should be ID&V’d as per the requirements below The following<br />

Connected Parties should be ID&V’d as per the requirements below. Where additional Connected<br />

Parties exist based on the Legal Entity type being other to that of a Partnership (e.g. Trust), ID&V<br />

of these Connected Parties should be performed as per the requirements of the specific Legal<br />

Entity type.<br />

7.7.2. Where a PEP is identified as a Connected Party, please refer to the Global <strong>RBWM</strong> AML Policy<br />

Chapter 13: PEPs<br />

51<br />

In some jurisdictions certain types of Clubs and Societies will be required to register with a supervisory body. Where the registration details are<br />

not available it is necessary to understand the reasons for this and escalate to Country FCC.<br />

52<br />

Where a Club or Society does not have a business address or registered address, a correspondence address must be obtained and verified.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 115


Donors<br />

7.7.3. Donors will often not have a material connection to the organisation itself once the funds have been<br />

transferred. As a result, it may prove difficult to gather information that would be captured for similar<br />

Connected Parties of other customer types as no formal relationship exists between the<br />

organisation and the individual Donors.<br />

7.7.4. The following are the ID&V requirements for Donors:<br />

Figure 7.5: ID&V Requirements for Donors<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> FCRR Identification Requirements Verification Requirements<br />

All<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> FCRR<br />

<br />

All Donors (e.g. individuals/ entities making<br />

donations outside of normal membership fees)<br />

that contribute 5% or more (where 5% is equal<br />

to or exceed US$10k or equivalent local<br />

currency) of total annual contributions to the<br />

Club/ Society 53<br />

<br />

No verification requirements<br />

Information to be obtained for all identified Donors (those Donors that contribute 5%<br />

(where 5% is equal to or exceed US$10k or equivalent local currency) of total annual<br />

contributions)<br />

All<br />

Full Legal Name;<br />

Contribution % ;<br />

Additionally for Individuals<br />

Date of Birth;<br />

Permanent Residential Address;<br />

Additionally for Legal Entities<br />

“Trading As” name (where applicable);<br />

Registered Address.<br />

<br />

No verification requirements<br />

7.7.5. It is important to understand the organisation’s Donor base and to ensure that it is in line with the<br />

stated activities of the Club/ Society.<br />

7.7.6. It is also necessary to understand the controls that the <strong>Customer</strong> has in regards to its Donors for<br />

managing money laundering and terrorist financing risks.<br />

Key Controllers<br />

7.7.7. Key Controllers, and Authorised Signatories should be ID&V’d as per the requirements detailed in<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> Individuals ID&V chapter 1 (for other entities refer to the relevant Legal Entity type<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> chapter).<br />

7.7.8. Where a Sole Authorised Signatory who is not a Key Controller by position with the entity is<br />

identified, the Business should make reasonable efforts to understand the precise nature of the<br />

relationship of the Sole Authorised Signatory to the <strong>Customer</strong> and document the results of this<br />

enquiry in the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

7.7.9. For small clubs and Societies ( e.g. local Chess club) it is common to have a sole authorised<br />

signatory, In instances where the nature of the relationship between the Sole Authorised<br />

Signatory and the Club/ Society raises concern as to the true nature of the organisation or its<br />

control structure, the Club should be escalated to Country FCC for review. Due to the potential of<br />

misappropriation of funds for this customer type.<br />

53<br />

Where a single anonymous donor provides funds over the established threshold, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 116


Members<br />

7.7.10. Clubs and societies usually maintain formal or informal records of its Members. These records may<br />

be used to evidence the existence of a class of Members who seek to benefit from the organisation.<br />

7.7.11. All managing members must be identified and ID&V conducted in line with the Individuals ID&V<br />

Chapter 1. Managing members are individuals that control the operations and / or funds of the<br />

Club / Society (e.g. the Club President or Treasurer).<br />

7.8 <strong>Customer</strong> Screening<br />

7.8.1 The following table sets out the parties and information to be screened where identified (all FCRRs):<br />

Figure 7.6: <strong>Customer</strong> Screening<br />

Party<br />

Official and<br />

Other<br />

Screening<br />

Lists<br />

NegativeNews<br />

Screening<br />

Information Screened<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

Club/ Society Yes Yes Full Names<br />

Connected Parties<br />

Donors Yes Yes Full Name of Identified Donors<br />

Key Controllers Yes Yes Full Name of the individuals identified in<br />

ID&V<br />

Members (Managing) Yes Yes Full Name of Managing Members<br />

Other Related Parties<br />

Other Related Parties Yes Yes Full name of the individuals identified in<br />

ID&V<br />

Negative NewsScreening<br />

7.8.2. Where a Donor or Key Controller is identified as a PEP or High Risk/SCC Negative News Screening<br />

should be carried out.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 117


7.9 Understanding Nature of Business and Source(s) of Wealth<br />

Nature of Business<br />

7.9.1. It is critical to understand the purpose and activities of the organisation in order to assess the<br />

Financial Crime Risk.<br />

7.9.2. In all cases it is important to understand the following<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Nature and purpose of the club/ society business<br />

Country in which they operate, generate funds or hold assets.<br />

Value of membership fees<br />

7.9.3. In addition below is the key additional Business information to be obtained for Clubs and Societies<br />

when the annual turnover of the account is more than $10,000 or equivalent<br />

Figure 7.7: Nature of Business Information for Clubs and Societies<br />

Nature of Business<br />

All Clubs,<br />

Societies<br />

a) Key Financial data including:<br />

<br />

<br />

Most recent level of annual donation/membership fees or expected<br />

donations/membership fees (where applicable);<br />

Details of any government or state funding.<br />

b) Nature and purpose of <strong>Customer</strong>’s operations;<br />

c) Operational Data;<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Number and location of:<br />

employees; and<br />

Volunteer base.<br />

place of Business Operations;<br />

d) Principal place of business and jurisdiction in which the <strong>Customer</strong>, the <strong>Customer</strong>’s<br />

subsidiaries/branches and where applicable its parent is based;<br />

e) Number of branches and/or offices in each country.<br />

f) Countries of Business Focus;<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Jurisdictions where the <strong>Customer</strong> generates funding greater than 10% of annual<br />

donations/membership fees;<br />

Jurisdictions where the <strong>Customer</strong> makes distributions greater than 10% of annual<br />

distributions;<br />

Jurisdictions where the <strong>Customer</strong> holds assets greater than 10% of total asset<br />

balance.<br />

g) Details on any cash donations accepted should be obtained from the <strong>Customer</strong> including<br />

details regarding:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Cash value of donations;<br />

What percentage of overall donations are collected in cash;<br />

Maximum value of cash donations accepted per transaction.<br />

h) Details of how Key Controllers (and/or Managing Members) are appointed;<br />

i) Nature of membership base;<br />

j) Number of Members;<br />

k) Details of how membership fees are collected.<br />

7.9.4. Based on the information obtained from the <strong>Customer</strong>, assess whether the organisation’s donation/<br />

membership profile aligns with the mission, aims, purpose and objectives of the organisation.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 118


7.9.5. Where there are differences between the country of registration, primary operation or permanent<br />

residence of Key Controllers, the rationale for the operating and organisational structure of the Club<br />

or Society should be obtained. Where a reasonably justified explanation is not provided, the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to Country FCC.<br />

7.9.6. Details of any recent material changes to the <strong>Customer</strong>’s operations (e.g. change in mission, class<br />

of Donors/ Beneficiaries and fundraising activities) should to be understood. At <strong>Customer</strong><br />

onboarding, a recent change is considered to be one which has occurred within the past 5 years.<br />

At Periodic Review or review as a result of a Trigger Event, information should be updated in the<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> Profile to reflect any changes that have taken place from the last review.<br />

Understanding the Source(s) of Wealth<br />

7.9.7. For Clubs and Societies SoW will likely be derived from Membership dues or a donation from a<br />

single or multiple Donor(s).<br />

7.9.8. The ongoing SoW will be dependent on the Club or Society’s nature of business (i.e. whether the<br />

organisation receives ongoing donations/ funding and/or membership dues or has commercial<br />

activities).<br />

7.9.9. For detailed requirements on SoW refer to Global Procedural Standards - Corporates and<br />

Partnerships Section 6.3.<br />

Understanding Sources of Funds<br />

7.9.10. Refer to Global Procedural Standards - Corporates and Partnerships Section 6.4.<br />

7.10 Understanding the Intended Purpose and Usage of Account<br />

7.10.1. Refer to Global Procedural Standards - Corporates and Partnerships Section 6.5. Where the<br />

intended purpose and usage of the account are not consistent with the type of Club or Society, the<br />

account must be referred to the Country FCC.<br />

7.11 Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

7.11.1 Refer to Global Procedural Standards Corporates and Partnerships Section [7– Enhanced Due<br />

Diligence (EDD) for EDD requirements applicable to all entity types.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 119


8. Personal Investment Vehicles<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the Objective<br />

be achieved?<br />

Scope of Section<br />

Related Sections<br />

To identify, assess and mitigate the risks associated with Personal Investment<br />

Companies (PICs) and Personal Investment Funds (PIFs) which pose a higher risk of<br />

Money Laundering or Terrorist Financing or where HSBC could be used as a conduit for<br />

financial crime activities<br />

PIFs and PICs require additional and/or specific due diligence to address their risk<br />

attributes, outside the scope of the standard ID&V, KYC, and general EDD<br />

requirements.<br />

This section outlines the specific and/or additional due diligence requirements for these<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s (and their connected parties, as applicable).<br />

This Section outlines the additional/specific due diligence requirements in relation to the<br />

following:<br />

8.1 8.1 Introduction<br />

8.2 8.2 Definition<br />

8.3 Risks associated with PIVs<br />

8.4 <strong>CDD</strong> Requirements for PIVs<br />

8.5 Identification and Verification (ID&V)<br />

8.6 Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

8.7 <strong>Customer</strong>-specific trigger events<br />

8.8 Other Considerations<br />

Sections [1-3] – <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals: ID&V, KYC and EDD<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (ID&V)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (KYC)<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Corporates & Partnerships (EDD)<br />

Section [4] – <strong>RBWM</strong> Trusts<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Funds<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Foundations<br />

Guidance sources<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - PIVs<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 120


8.1 Introduction<br />

8.1.1. In order to identify, assess and mitigate the risks associated with Personal Investment Vehicles<br />

(PIVs) such as PIFs and PICs, HSBC must apply specific due diligence procedures using a risk<br />

based approach. Specifically, the key <strong>CDD</strong> focus with PIVs relates to the Ultimate Beneficial<br />

Owner(s) since the sole purpose of the PIV (see definition below) is to hold and invest personal<br />

wealth on behalf of an individual or a small number of individuals.<br />

8.1.2. These specific due diligence procedures are to be considered in addition to the standard ID&V,<br />

KYC and EDD requirements outlined in <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals and Corporates and Partnerships<br />

Chapters.<br />

8.2 Definition<br />

8.2.1. This chapter outlines the due diligence requirements for Personal Investment Vehicles, which<br />

include the following categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

Figure 8.1: Personal Investment Vehicles - Definition<br />

<strong>Customer</strong><br />

Definition<br />

PIC<br />

PIF<br />

An incorporated entity (wherever constituted) ultimately beneficially owned by an individual<br />

or a small number of individuals, who are all connected to each other by family<br />

relationship or other, similar close association, the sole purpose of which is holding and<br />

investing the ultimate beneficial owner’s(s’) personal wealth. Assets held may include, but<br />

are not limited to, property, shares, bonds or any negotiable instrument.<br />

Refer to the Global <strong>RBWM</strong> AML Policy Chapter 13: PEPs for the definitions and examples<br />

of family members and close associates.<br />

Note that a PIC is distinct from a Holding Company. Please refer to the definition of<br />

Holding Company in Global Procedural Standards Corporates and Partnerships Chapter 5<br />

– ID&V.<br />

A Fund which satisfies one of the following criteria:<br />

<br />

<br />

Is limited to 10 or fewer investors (whether individuals or entities); or<br />

Is only open to investors (individuals) who are all connected to each other by<br />

family relationship or other, similar close association, or to investors (entities)<br />

which are connected by legal structure, for example entities in the same group<br />

structure.<br />

Refer to the Global <strong>RBWM</strong> AML Policy Chapter 13: PEPs for the definitions and examples<br />

of family members and close associates.<br />

A Fund is an individual pool of assets or investments which are ring-fenced and managed<br />

by a Fund/Investment manager with the intention to provide an economic return, through<br />

capital gain and/or income, to the beneficiaries or owners of those assets.<br />

8.2.2. Please note that Funds as an Entity type (Global Procedural Standards Funds Section 10) are<br />

considered separately to PIVs. The additional and specific procedures for Funds do not apply to<br />

PIFs, as defined above. If there is any doubt as to whether the <strong>Customer</strong> is a Fund or a PIF, refer<br />

to country FCC for guidance.<br />

8.2.3. Private Holding Trusts (“PHTs”) and Private Foundations are also considered separately within<br />

the <strong>RBWM</strong> Procedural Standards and Global Procedural Standards and are not subject to the<br />

requirements outlined below. Please refer to <strong>RBWM</strong> Section 4 Trusts for further information on<br />

PHTs and to Global Procedural Standards Section 15 for the requirements for Foundations<br />

(Section [15] Foundations).<br />

8.2.4. It is sometimes difficult to determine the form of a particular entity since the word ‘trust’ may be<br />

included in its name although the entity is actually a fund. A trust generally involves an individual<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 121


or entity (settlor) passing control/ownership of an asset(s) to the control of a third party (trustee)<br />

for the benefit of another third party (beneficiary). When an investor places money with a fund it<br />

will generally be with the expectation of such funds being returned. If you have any doubt<br />

concerning the precise form of the entity, please refer to country FCC.<br />

8.3 Risks associated with PIVs<br />

8.3.1. There are a number of inherent risks when dealing with Personal Investment Vehicles. These<br />

include, but are not limited to:<br />

Figure 8.3: Risks Associated with Personal Investment Vehicles<br />

Beneficial owners’<br />

source of wealth<br />

The source of wealth of the beneficial owners of the PIC or PIF may be derived from illicit<br />

or prohibited activity. This may be made more difficult to detect by the culture of<br />

confidentiality attached to these structures, where it is usual practice not to disclose<br />

publically the identity of the underlying investors (beneficial owners) or positions held,<br />

unless legally obliged to do so.<br />

Complex structures<br />

Purpose of the<br />

structure<br />

Financial crime risks may be magnified by the existence of structures which may hinder or<br />

complicate establishing the identity of the underlying investors (beneficial owners). This<br />

may be because the unit-holdings are held in nominee names or trusts. The country of<br />

incorporation of the PIC or PIF may also be a factor which affects the complexity of the<br />

structure and should therefore also be considered, where relevant. Where there are three<br />

or more layers in the ownership or control structures around the PIC or PIF, or where<br />

other unusual characteristics are identified, the <strong>Customer</strong> should be escalated to country<br />

FCC for guidance.<br />

There is an increased risk of financial crime associated with PICs and PIFs due to the<br />

potential opacity of the ownership structure and the purpose of the vehicle. While this may<br />

be valid (for example to confer tax advantages legally or to provide a valid level of<br />

confidentiality on the nature of the assets held), it is important to establish that the vehicles<br />

have a genuine and legitimate purpose.<br />

8.4 <strong>CDD</strong> requirements for PIVs<br />

8.4.1. Common chapters have been drafted for ‘Corporates and Partnerships’ which detail the<br />

requirements as a baseline for all other ‘non individual’ customer types in respect of:<br />

Identification and Verification: Global Procedural Standards Corporates & Partnerships ;<br />

Know Your <strong>Customer</strong>: Global Procedural Standards Corporates & Partnerships;<br />

Enhanced Due Diligence: Global Procedural Standards Corporates & Partnerships.<br />

8.4.2. This chapter seeks to outline the additional or different ID&V, KYC and EDD requirements for<br />

PIVs, which may differ or be changed with regard to the baseline chapters as noted above.<br />

8.5 Identification and Verification (ID&V)<br />

8.5.1. There are no specific additional requirements for the ID&V of PIVs as <strong>Customer</strong>s. The core ID&V<br />

requirements outlined in [Global Corporates & Partnerships Procedural Standards Section [5] -<br />

ID&V] must be completed for all PIVs.<br />

8.5.2. However, it is vital to understand the ownership structure as this will assist with determining which<br />

Investors (Beneficial Owners) have control of the PIV, and will establish their true percentage<br />

ownership. In contrast to the core Corporates & Partnerships baseline content, where the<br />

requirements to ID&V the ownership structure and Beneficial Owners of the <strong>Customer</strong> vary<br />

according to its FCRR (refer to Global Procedural Standards Section 5.9.12 for further<br />

information), ID&V of the ownership structure and all Ultimate Beneficial Owners (UBOs) and Key<br />

Controllers must be performed for all PIVs regardless of their FCRR. The ID&V of these UBOs<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 122


and Key Controllers must be performed in accordance with <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals Section 1.8 (ID&V<br />

– Requirements for an Individual <strong>Customer</strong>).<br />

8.5.3. In certain instances, nominee directors, shareholders, companies, fund managers or other<br />

connected parties may be used in PIV structures. Nominees are commonly used to create a<br />

layer(s) of apparent ownership and control to disguise the actual beneficial ownership and control<br />

structure. A nominee may be an individual or entity and is defined as a party acting on behalf of<br />

another party and only on the specific instruction of that party.<br />

8.5.4. Where nominee or intermediate parties exist, it is only required to identify the name, date of birth<br />

and permanent residential address for individual nominees or the Name, Country of Incorporation<br />

and Regulated / Listed Status (where applicable) for entity nominees and to screen them against<br />

Official and Other Lists and Negative News. Additionally, consideration should be given to<br />

obtaining the nominee agreement(s).<br />

8.5.5. The use of nominees may be limited to the PIV itself or be more complex with multiple layers of<br />

nominee or intermediate parties. Where multiple layers of nominee or intermediate parties exist, it<br />

is key to 'look through' these layer(s) in order to understand who the ultimate beneficial owners<br />

are and the individuals (if different) who exercise real control over the PIV. Please refer to Global<br />

Procedural Standards Corporates and Partnerships Section 5.9.3 for specific requirements<br />

regarding “look through”. If concerns are raised over the complexity of the overall structure,<br />

consideration should be given to verifying certain <strong>CDD</strong> information obtained for the individual and<br />

/ or entity nominees.<br />

8.5.6. Where the <strong>Customer</strong> is a PIF, it may also be required to ID&V and screen the Fund Manager. The<br />

ID&V of the Fund Manager should be performed in accordance with <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals ID&V<br />

Section 1.9 – ID&V Requirements for Connected Parties.<br />

8.5.7. The ID&V requirements for the UBOs and Key Controllers (nominee or non-nominee) of the PIV<br />

and the Fund Manager (applicable for PIFs only) are summarised in the table below.<br />

Figure 8.3: Personal Investment Vehicles ID&V Requirements<br />

Role Identify Verify Screen against Official and<br />

Other List and Negative News<br />

Ultimate Beneficial Owner (non-nominee and Yes Yes Yes<br />

nominee arrangements)<br />

Key Controller (non-nominee) Yes Yes Yes<br />

Intermediate Owner (nominee) Yes No* Yes<br />

Key Controller/(nominee) Yes No* Yes<br />

Fund Manager with power to withdraw funds Yes Yes Yes<br />

from the PIF<br />

Fund manager with power only to invest funds Yes No Yes<br />

and not withdraw funds from the PIF<br />

* Verification is not required where the Key Controller/ Intermediate Owner is a Nominee, and a Nominee Agreement has been<br />

provided by the UBOs. Verification of information should be considered where concerns are raised over the complexity of the overall<br />

structure.<br />

8.6 Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC)<br />

8.6.1. Except where outlined below, there are no specific additional KYC requirements for PIVs as<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s. The requirements outlined as a baseline in Chapter [5] of the Global Procedural<br />

Standards Corporates & Partnerships - Know Your <strong>Customer</strong> (KYC) should be completed.<br />

Understanding Nature of Business<br />

8.6.2. It is important that information be gathered in order to identify the <strong>Customer</strong> as a PIC or a PIF (as<br />

opposed to a Corporate or a Fund). This includes obtaining the constitution document (or another<br />

acceptable document, such as the investment management agreement, shareholder agreement,<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 123


offering memorandum or prospectus) for the structure, for example, from an officer in the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> entity with an independent control function, such as Company Secretary.<br />

8.6.3. It is also required for all PIVs to understand the reason for use (economic purpose) of the PIV<br />

structure, and to assess that it has a genuine and legitimate purpose. Examples of the economic<br />

purpose of a PIV are generally limited to Tax Management.<br />

Understanding Source of Wealth and Source of Funds<br />

8.6.4. There are no specific additional KYC requirements for PIVs as <strong>Customer</strong>s relating to<br />

understanding the Source of Wealth of the structure.<br />

8.6.5. Source(s) of Wealth must be identified and validated for all UBOs and Investors in the PIV.<br />

8.6.6. The procedures to identify and validate Source of Wealth must be performed in accordance with<br />

the <strong>RBWM</strong> Individuals KYC standards (Refer to Section 2.5 – Source of Wealth).<br />

8.6.7. Sufficient information should be collected to enable HSBC to form a reasonable conclusion that<br />

they have earned or otherwise acquired their accumulated capital legally, that they provided<br />

capital to the structure with a bona fide investment purpose, and that their Source(s) of Wealth is<br />

commensurate with their holding in the <strong>Customer</strong>. The initial and on-going Source of Funds for<br />

PIVs will often reflect <strong>Customer</strong> specific characteristics such as payments originating from other<br />

family members, family businesses or countries where the <strong>Customer</strong> has personal or financial<br />

connections such as residency and existing investments.<br />

8.7 <strong>Customer</strong>-specific trigger events<br />

8.7.1. <strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> Process Procedural Standards [Chapter 4 – Periodic and Event Driven Reviews]<br />

outlines the procedures to be performed at a Trigger Event. Appendix [8] of the Periodic and<br />

Event Driven Review Procedural Standards lists the Trigger Events applicable to all entities and<br />

the Trigger Events by customer type.<br />

8.8 Other Considerations<br />

Bearer Shares<br />

8.8.1. <strong>RBWM</strong> has a zero appetite for banking Bearer Share Entities. On-boarding of new Bearer Share<br />

PICs is prohibited. Where an existing <strong>Customer</strong> is a Bearer Share entity, it should convert to a<br />

registered share Entity or be exited in accordance with the CSEM policy (see Client Selection and<br />

Exit Management Policy).<br />

8.8.2. Asset Management Group (AMG) and Insurance Group (INS) are permitted to maintain<br />

relationships with, or offer products to, Issued Bearer Share Companies and Bearer Share<br />

Capable Companies where the underlying Line of Business (i.e. CMB or GBM) has applied all<br />

necessary controls outlined in Global Risk FIM; Global Risk Compliance FIM B.2.17.9.<br />

8.8.3. Appropriate written agreements must also be in place with the underlying Line of Business (i.e.<br />

CMB or GBM) which confirms that they are complying with the policy and informing AMG or INS<br />

of any relevant changes of ownership, as well as providing regular relevant FCC MI and/or<br />

indicators of unusual activity noted on the underlying customer.<br />

Reliance<br />

8.8.2. Please note that the procedures outlined in Global Procedural Standards Funds Section 10.6.3 do<br />

not apply to PIFs.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 124


9. Reliance<br />

Key Objective<br />

To describe the circumstances under which HSBC can rely upon another Firm/Intermediary for<br />

the due diligence and verification of a <strong>Customer</strong> and/or its connected parties and how to gain<br />

assurance that reliance can be placed.<br />

How will the Objective<br />

be achieved?<br />

Scope of Section<br />

HSBC may apply the procedures for placing reliance within the regulations of the<br />

jurisdiction of account opening and where the Intermediary or <strong>Customer</strong> meets HSBC<br />

requirements for placing reliance.<br />

This Section outlines the <strong>CDD</strong> procedures to be undertaken when placing reliance on an<br />

Intermediary.<br />

9.1. Introduction<br />

9.2. Definition of Reliance<br />

9.3. Risks Associated with Reliance<br />

9.4. Risk Appetite for Placing Reliance<br />

9.5. Part A: Reliance on Transfer Agents<br />

9.6. Risks Associated with TA’s<br />

9.7. Requirements for TA’s<br />

9.8. Due Diligence for TA’s<br />

9.9. Terms of Reliance<br />

9.10. Initial and Monitoring reviews of TA’s<br />

9.11. HSBC Responsibilities<br />

9.12. Part B: Reliance on an Instructing Party<br />

9.13. Risks associated with IP’s<br />

9.14. Requirements for IP’s<br />

9.15. Due Diligence for IP’s<br />

9.16. Due Diligence for the <strong>Customer</strong> and its connected parties.<br />

9.17. Terms of Reliance<br />

9.18. Initial and Monitoring reviews of IP’s<br />

9.19. Part C: Other Intermediary types<br />

9.20. Risks associated with Introducing / Managing Intermediaries<br />

9.21. Scenarios for Interim Period (exit of reliance relationship)<br />

9.22. Requirements for Introducing / Managing Intermediaries (to be maintained)<br />

9.23. Due Diligence for Introducing / Managing Intermediaries<br />

9.24. Due Diligence for <strong>Customer</strong><br />

9.25. Terms of Reliance<br />

9.26. Initial and Monitoring review of Introducing / Managing Intermediaries<br />

9.27. HSBC responsibilities<br />

Appendices<br />

Related Sections Global Procedural Standards Corporates & Partnerships section 4.9, 4.6.<br />

Guidance sources<br />

JMLSG (ref pgh.5.6.4, ref pgh.5.6.19), Wolfsberg principles (FAQ’s Q.1), FATF 2010<br />

Global AML Policy: <strong>CDD</strong> Standards - Reliance<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 125


9.1 Introduction<br />

9.1.1 The purpose of this section is to detail the requirements that must be met to place reliance on third<br />

party Transfer Agencies (TA), Instructing Parties (IP) and others to undertake certain elements of<br />

<strong>CDD</strong>.<br />

9.1.2. Placing reliance allows HSBC to reduce the level of <strong>CDD</strong> held relating to a <strong>Customer</strong> by relying on<br />

the TA/IP/Intermediary to perform certain <strong>CDD</strong> tasks. As noted in the JMLSG 54 , “Several<br />

institutions/firms requesting the same information from the same <strong>Customer</strong> not only increase’s the<br />

inconvenience of the customer, it also results in the duplication of efforts by institutions/firms that<br />

are similar and whose aims are to prevent the same financial crime risks”.<br />

9.1.3. This section outlines the contractual requirements for placing initial reliance on<br />

TA/IP/Intermediaries and conducting ongoing monitoring to satisfy our regulatory obligations, since<br />

HSBC remains responsible for <strong>CDD</strong> even when placing reliance. The regulations across<br />

jurisdictions vary in the concessions for placing reliance on TA/IP/Intermediaries however this<br />

chapter provides the minimum requirements that must be met on a global basis.<br />

9.1.4. Notwithstanding HSBC's responsibility for <strong>CDD</strong> on all investors where it acts as fund<br />

manager/promoter/sponsor, the precise nature of the legal structure involved in a specific scenario<br />

may result in <strong>CDD</strong> responsibility being delegated or sub-delegated or assigned to another party.<br />

The precise legal structure of the fund and its’ advisers must be understood in assessing the overall<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> effort being undertaken.<br />

9.1.5. It should be noted however, that investors into HSBC funds (i.e. funds which are sponsored /<br />

promoted by HSBC) are customers of the Bank and, as such, the overarching principle is that HSBC<br />

retains overall responsibility for <strong>CDD</strong> on investors into funds where HSBC acts as fund<br />

manager/promoter/sponsor (except due to local Regulatory requirements as noted below at 9.1.6).<br />

9.1.6. In certain jurisdictions', <strong>CDD</strong>/AML Regulations place the responsibility for undertaking <strong>CDD</strong>/AML<br />

on investors into funds on parties other than the fund manager/sponsor/promoter. In such<br />

circumstances, HSBC does not place reliance on any third party since HSBC does not have<br />

responsibility for <strong>CDD</strong>. Circumstances where this is the case should be fully documented and<br />

approved as a Dispensation providing the relevant regulatory reference/text.<br />

9.2 Definition of reliance<br />

9.2.1 The definition of reliance widely agrees across regulations and jurisdictions. The JMLSG states<br />

‘The ML Regulations expressly permit a firm to rely on another person to apply any or all of the<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> measures, provided that the other person is regulated, and that consent to being relied on<br />

has been given. The relying firm, however, retains responsibility for any failure to comply with a<br />

requirement of the Regulations, as this responsibility cannot be delegated’.<br />

9.2.2 A key principle is the ability of the third party on which reliance is being placed to provide <strong>CDD</strong><br />

regarding the <strong>Customer</strong>(s) on a timely basis to the relying firm when requested to do so.<br />

9.2.3 HSBC must be satisfied with the following:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The relevant due diligence procedures completed by the TA/IP/Intermediary;<br />

A record of the checks performed by HSBC on the TA/IP/Intermediary’s due diligence<br />

procedures is maintained;<br />

The TA’s/IP/Intermediaries reputation is suitable; and,<br />

The appropriate level of <strong>CDD</strong>/complete financial crime risk checks have been completed<br />

on the TA/IP/Intermediary itself prior to entering into an agreement.<br />

54<br />

The Joint Money Laundering Steering Group (JMLSG) is made up of the leading UK Trade Associations in the Financial Services<br />

Industry. Its aim is to promote good practice in countering money laundering and to give practical assistance in interpreting the UK<br />

Money Laundering Regulations. It is applicable to the UK only.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 126


9.2.4 As per regulations, HSBC will only place reliance on a TA/IP/Intermediary where there is an ongoing<br />

relationship between HSBC and the TA/IP/Intermediary. The term ‘ongoing relationship’ in this<br />

context means either:<br />

a) The TA/IP/Intermediary has an agreement (by two way agreement either via a signed<br />

agreement or via a two way communication depending on the 3 rd party type) with HSBC to<br />

provide <strong>CDD</strong> to HSBC as and when required regarding the <strong>Customer</strong>. A <strong>CDD</strong> profile will be<br />

created for the TA/IP/Intermediary which is to be updated, no less often than annually (see<br />

Initial and Monitoring review section 9.10 for TA’s, 9.18 for IP’s and 9.26 for Introducing /<br />

Managing Intermediaries); or,<br />

b) The Intermediary has an agreement with the <strong>Customer</strong> to manage the account on an ongoing<br />

basis and the account is held in the name of the Intermediary.<br />

9.2.5 In certain circumstances HSBC will not meet a <strong>Customer</strong> therefore the relationship may be nonface<br />

to face. If HSBC does not meet the <strong>Customer</strong> face to face, this does not necessarily constitute<br />

a reliance situation. The distinction between reliance and other forms of outsourcing arrangements<br />

for the purpose of these procedures are detailed below (9.2.6). The requirements regarding non<br />

face-to-face relationships (which are not a reliance scenario) are outlined in section 9.27.10<br />

(Introducer referral).<br />

9.2.6 The term reliance in some jurisdictions is interchangeable with outsourcing. For the purpose of this<br />

Standards Guidance, this document refers only to reliance.<br />

<br />

The FATF delineates what constitutes third-party reliance from outsourcing through a<br />

functional definition constituted by a set of positive or negative elements which describe<br />

situations or elements which are characteristic of a reliance context (as per the example<br />

in 9.2.5). For example, a third party in a reliance scenario usually has an existing business<br />

relationship with the customer and applies its own procedures to perform the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

measures. This can be contrasted with an outsourcing/agency scenario in which the<br />

outsource entity applies the <strong>CDD</strong> measures on behalf of the delegating financial<br />

institution in accordance with its procedures.<br />

9.2.7 In addition to the above scenarios (9.2.5 and 9.2.6), these procedures do not cover Know Your<br />

Distributor Due Diligence which is covered by Line of Business specific KYDDD procedures.<br />

9.3 Risks Associated with reliance<br />

9.3.1 Where HSBC chooses to place reliance on the TA/IP/Intermediary to conduct elements of <strong>CDD</strong>,<br />

the ultimate responsibility for ensuring compliance with the full <strong>CDD</strong> obligation still resides with<br />

HSBC, although HSBC will not hold full <strong>CDD</strong> documentation.<br />

9.3.2 In order for the Business Unit to rely on a third party, appropriate <strong>CDD</strong> and financial crime risk<br />

checks must be completed on the third party, the third party’s reputation must be suitable and the<br />

third party must be regulated. The Business Unit must review the third party’s due diligence<br />

procedures to ensure that they are compatible with HSBC’s <strong>CDD</strong> standards.<br />

9.3.3 A key risk when placing reliance is the transferring of <strong>Customer</strong> data outside of the HSBC Group.<br />

Data security and retention of <strong>CDD</strong> information are key considerations when placing reliance on a<br />

TA/IP/Intermediary (FIM B2.4.5 Privacy, Data Protection and Cross-Border Data Transfer).<br />

9.3.4 The TA/IP/Intermediary must have adequate controls in place to ensure Business continuity in the<br />

event of an incident and therefore reduce the risk of loss of <strong>Customer</strong> data and ensuring that the<br />

business can continue to function and provide HSBC with any information required in a timely<br />

manner.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 127


9.4 Risk Appetite for placing reliance<br />

9.4.1 The decision to place reliance is based on the risk appetite that HSBC has towards the following:<br />

a) Placing reliance on the particular TA/IP/Intermediary type within the jurisdiction / business<br />

segment concerned;<br />

b) On commercial considerations such as the cost of maintaining a due diligence<br />

programme to monitor where reliance is being placed versus holding full <strong>CDD</strong>;<br />

c) On regulatory requirements; and,<br />

d) Best practice across similar institutions.<br />

9.4.2 Based on the above considerations, HSBC will principally place reliance upon TA’s/IP’s for<br />

undertaking <strong>CDD</strong> on Investors in funds and on the Fund itself (where applicable). TA’s/IP’s are<br />

generally contractually required to undertake <strong>CDD</strong> on behalf of the Fund Manager/Fund regarding<br />

these Investors and therefore HSBC is able to rely on the TA/IP subject to undertaking a risk<br />

assessment (See sections 9.8 and section 9.15 for reliance on a TA /IP respectively) and initial /<br />

ongoing due diligence on such parties (section 9.10 for TA’s, 9.18 for IP’s).<br />

9.4.3 It is important to ensure that the correct section of this Standard is to apply where reliance is being<br />

placed.<br />

9.4.4 Part A relates to circumstances where:<br />

a) HSBC is the fund manager (i.e. it is an HSBC fund); and<br />

b) Reliance is being placed on a TA (either internal or external to HSBC) to conduct <strong>CDD</strong><br />

on investors into the fund.<br />

In these circumstances the investors into a fund are customers of HSBC and, although reliance is<br />

being placed on the TA to undertake some or all <strong>CDD</strong>, HSBC retains the responsibility for such<br />

<strong>CDD</strong>.<br />

9.4.5 Where HSS acts as a TA on behalf of a HSBC Fund, the requirements in section A apply. Where<br />

HSS acts as a TA on behalf of a non HSBC Fund these procedures do not apply.<br />

9.4.6 Please note that no other section, other than Part A, of the Procedure is applicable to AMG or GPB<br />

where they act as the fund manager and reliance is being placed on a TA.<br />

9.4.7 Part B relates to circumstances where:<br />

a) HSBC banks a third party fund (i.e. it is not an HSBC fund); and<br />

b) Reliance is being placed on an Instructing Party (typically Fund Manager) to that fund to<br />

undertake <strong>CDD</strong> on the fund itself and the underlying investors into such fund.<br />

In these circumstances, the fund is the customer of HSBC and investors into the fund are beneficial<br />

owners of such customer. HSBC despite placing reliance on the TA to collect <strong>CDD</strong>, retains<br />

responsibility for such <strong>CDD</strong> on the fund as customer (including <strong>CDD</strong> on beneficial owners as<br />

applicable based on the appropriate risk rating of the <strong>Customer</strong>).<br />

9.4.8 Part C relates to other circumstances where reliance is being placed on a third party but the<br />

circumstances are not covered by the specific situations noted at Parts A and B above.<br />

9.4.9 Where the Business is uncertain as to which section of the Standard is to be applied, Country FCC<br />

is to be consulted.<br />

9.4.10 Where the Intermediary is not a TA/IP, and HSBC is currently placing reliance on them to manage<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong>’s account, the reliance relationship with the Intermediary is to be exited unless the<br />

Business wishes to maintain the reliance relationship on an exception basis.<br />

9.4.11 Until such a time when the relationship with the Intermediary can be exited, the requirements<br />

outlined in Part C (section 9.19) apply.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 128


9.4.12 In the instances that HSBC wishes to place reliance on non-TA/IP Intermediaries (treated as an<br />

instance of <strong>CDD</strong> Risk Acceptance), refer to section 9.21.9 for approval requirements. The<br />

contractual requirements for initial and ongoing monitoring would need to be followed in each<br />

instance.<br />

9.5 Part A: Reliance on Transfer Agents where HSBC is the Fund<br />

Manager (N.B. Only to be reviewed where reliance is being placed on a TA).<br />

Definition of a Transfer Agent (TA)<br />

9.5.1 TA’s (also called Registrars) are generally regulated entities that act as an Intermediary between<br />

HSBC (as Fund Manager/Promoter) and the Investor (Fund Unit Holder) in a fund. The TA is<br />

generally responsible for:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Maintaining the register of unit holders and processing applications into, and<br />

redemptions from, the fund;<br />

Receiving funds from the investors and passing such funds on to the Fund/Fund<br />

Manager (once the register has been updated to reflect the new investor);<br />

Collecting <strong>CDD</strong> from the new investor to a standard appropriate to the entity type and<br />

the jurisdiction where the TA is regulated (or higher, as required by the Fund/Fund<br />

Manager); and,<br />

Processing requests for redemptions out of the fund, ensuring that these are not<br />

fraudulent, that all required <strong>CDD</strong> is current and requesting sufficient funds from the<br />

Fund/Fund Manager to pay the redemption requests.<br />

TAs may also be responsible for the following requirements;<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

o<br />

Fielding queries relating to <strong>CDD</strong> documentation;<br />

PEP and Sanctions screening;<br />

SARs recording;<br />

Management of dormant positions;<br />

Transaction monitoring;<br />

Periodic reviews;<br />

Ongoing management of the <strong>Customer</strong>;<br />

Record keeping; and,<br />

Internal risk based testing.<br />

9.5.2 The type of TA that HSBC will consider for reliance purposes may be categorised an HSBC Affiliate<br />

or ‘external’ to the bank. The due diligence requirements where reliance is being placed for each<br />

TA type may differ and a risk based approach should be adopted. For guidance on Affiliate<br />

Management, please refer to Global AML Guidance Document section ’03.01 – Affiliate<br />

Management Guidance’.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 129


9.5.3 Additional definitions for terms used in section A are as follows:<br />

Fig.9.1: Definitions<br />

Term<br />

The Fund<br />

Definition<br />

An individual pool of assets or investments which are “ring-fenced” and managed by a<br />

Fund/investment manager with the intention to provide an economic return, through<br />

capital gain and/or income, to the beneficiaries or owners of those assets.<br />

A Fund may be one of a variety of different investment vehicles including but not limited<br />

to: Unit Investment Trusts; Hedge Funds; Private Equity Funds; Pension Funds, Fundsof-Funds,<br />

Mutual Funds, Provident Funds and Investment Clubs<br />

Funds may be constituted in a variety of different legal entity types, including<br />

corporations, trusts or partnerships. Common among all of this variation is the pooling of<br />

investment resources by investors (the ultimate beneficial owners) into a vehicle that<br />

works towards investment objectives.<br />

Fund Manager/<br />

Promoter/ Sponsor<br />

(collectively 'Fund<br />

Manager')<br />

A Fund Manager is an individual or Fund management company responsible for making<br />

decisions related to the Fund’s portfolio of investments in accordance with the stated<br />

goals of the Fund. The Fund Manager will receive management fees with respect to the<br />

day-to-day business and operations of the Fund, which are often calculated based on<br />

the net asset value of the units of the Fund. In addition, HSBC acts as Fund Promoter<br />

and Sponsor where it sells funds to investors or otherwise offers such funds to investors.<br />

Transfer Agent/Registrar<br />

(collectively 'Transfer<br />

Agent')<br />

A Transfer Agent is an intermediary who is responsible for maintaining a Fund's share<br />

register of investors and for ensuring that investors into the Fund comply with all<br />

applicable <strong>CDD</strong> regulations.<br />

9.6 Risks Associated with TA’s<br />

9.6.1 In addition to the general risks associated with placing reliance, a specific risk associated with TA’s<br />

is that HSBC may not meet the <strong>Customer</strong> and therefore the relationship may be non-face-to-face.<br />

In most instances a TA will also not meet the customer therefore appropriate controls must be put<br />

in place by the TA and tested by HSBC as part of the reliance process.<br />

9.7 Requirements for TA’s<br />

9.7.1 The key requirements for placing reliance on a TA are as follows:<br />

a) That the TA poses an acceptable financial crime risk; and,<br />

b) That the TA is an Equivalently Regulated Financial Institution (Refer to Global Procedural<br />

Standards Corporates section 5.6.2); and,<br />

c) It is not located in a country assessed as High-risk on the Group FCCRM; and,<br />

d) That the TA is fully aware of, and has agreed to, their responsibilities and the delegation<br />

of these responsibilities is clearly defined in a written agreement.<br />

9.7.2 Point C above is applicable except where the TA is located in the same location as the Fund (e.g.<br />

both the Fund and TA are located in the same High Risk jurisdiction).<br />

9.7.3 Where instances of <strong>CDD</strong> Risk Acceptance are noted, the TA should be escalated to Country FCC.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 130


9.8 Due Diligence for TA’s<br />

9.8.1 The due diligence process for onboarding a TA consists of three parts;<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Risk Assessment of the TA;<br />

Due diligence on the TA; and,<br />

Review of the <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence procedures of the TA.<br />

9.8.2 In practise, Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) on the TA is completed prior to gathering the standard<br />

due diligence relating to the TA as part of the initial Risk Assessment phase. The <strong>CDD</strong> information<br />

regarding the <strong>Customer</strong> is obtained in addition to the above.<br />

Risk Assessment<br />

9.8.3 A risk assessment of the TA’s must be performed by the Specialist team in order to limit the risk to<br />

HSBC of using a third party for reliance purposes.<br />

9.8.4 The risk assessment questionnaire must be completed for all TA’s including those that are existing<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s, unless they have been risk assessed within the past 12 months. The risk assessment<br />

questionnaire is to be completed prior to the due diligence information being gathered and the TA<br />

profile created and is to be stored locally in the jurisdiction for which reliance is being applied.<br />

9.8.5 The risk assessment questionnaire must cover the following topics and responses to each factor<br />

must be descriptive in nature:<br />

Fig.8.2: Risk Assessment questionnaire: Transfer Agent<br />

Risk Assessment questionnaire: Transfer Agent<br />

1) Regulated status: The regulated status of the TA must be assessed in order to confirm<br />

that the status meets the requirements stated above (section 9.7).<br />

2) Reputation: The public disciplinary record/market reputation of the TA should be<br />

reviewed and considered when analysing the risk level.<br />

3) Obligations: Research whether there have been any recent lawsuits against the TA and<br />

understand the implications if HSBC is to establish a relationship with the TA.<br />

4) Controls: Confirm that the TA has an adequate existing control infrastructure from a <strong>CDD</strong><br />

perspective necessary to meet the due diligence standards required by HSBC (e.g.<br />

Governance, industry standard reports). Refer to table 9.8.13.<br />

5) Financial: Review the financial strength of the TA (e.g. credit rating) and confirm that all<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> and fund monies held are segregated from the TA’s own funds under all<br />

circumstances<br />

6) Business dealings: Understand the nature of business dealings that the TA is involved<br />

in. This may identify links to higher risk business types (Chapter 10, Restricted and<br />

Prohibited <strong>Customer</strong>s, Special Categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s (SCCs) and Prohibited Products).<br />

7) Data security/IT infrastructure/Business continuity: Identify controls for data security<br />

to reduce the risk of data transfer (such as data retention controls) and obtain information<br />

regarding the stability of the IT infrastructure in order to understand the risk of data loss.<br />

In addition, review procedures for business continuity<br />

8) Products/Services: Consider the services offered by the TA<br />

9) Any other adverse information regarding the TA (e.g. negative news).<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 131


9.8.6 The information above is to be documented in the risk assessment questionnaire and is subject to<br />

approval by the designated individuals (refer to approvals section 9.11.8). The risk assessment<br />

questionnaire must include the above factors at a minimum.<br />

9.8.7 A summary of the key risks and risk mitigating controls managed by the TA is to accompany the<br />

risk assessment questionnaire and is to be completed prior to on-boarding. This summary is to be<br />

updated on a periodic basis and a copy linked to the profile of the TA.<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> on TA<br />

Additional factors for consideration<br />

10) Sales capacity: This information could be used to indicate the level of business activity<br />

of the TA and whether it is indeed valid or potentially a fraudulent operation.<br />

11) Training activities/staff strength: These factors indicate the level of knowledge (such<br />

as AML/CFT/Anti-Bribery and Corruption), resourcing and capacity that the TA has in<br />

order to perform the tasks required to meet the minimum requirements as set out in 9.8.13<br />

and fig 9.3.<br />

12) Rules of Conduct and Complaints: this information could be used to confirm if the TA<br />

is aligned in terms of the treatment of <strong>Customer</strong>s and its wider ethical standards (e.g.<br />

conflict of interest, Inducement etc.)<br />

9.8.8 The Due Diligence (DD) information required for the TA will follow the requirements for their<br />

particular <strong>Customer</strong> type (i.e. Non-Banking Financial Institution or Bank).<br />

9.8.9 TA’s that are not HSBC <strong>Customer</strong>s, will be subject to a similar level of DD required for TA’s that<br />

are existing <strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

9.8.10 TA’s that are existing <strong>Customer</strong>s will be risk rated as per their <strong>Customer</strong> type. The Product risk<br />

rating will be increased to High risk in the scenario that a reliance relationship is entered.<br />

9.8.11 TA’s that are not <strong>Customer</strong>s will be risk rated as per their classified <strong>Customer</strong> type (e.g. Non-<br />

Banking Financial Institution), and the product rating of the TA will be classified as High Risk in<br />

order to reflect the risk relating to the reliance relationship.<br />

9.8.12 In the instance that the TA is identified as High risk or SCC, approval must be provided by the<br />

Reputational Risk Committee (or equivalent) in order to place reliance.<br />

Review of Underlying <strong>Customer</strong><br />

9.8.13 <strong>CDD</strong> and risk analysis of the <strong>Customer</strong> is to be completed by the TA to meet, as a minimum, local<br />

regulatory and legislative requirements, and the Anti Money Laundering standards for conducting<br />

due diligence as outlined in the Wolfsberg Principles (e.g. in the Wolfsberg Questionnaire), as<br />

applicable to the underlying <strong>Customer</strong> Type. Key control requirements which must be present in<br />

the TAs <strong>CDD</strong> procedures include but are not limited to:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 132


Fig.9.3: Risk Assessment questionnaire: Transfer Agent<br />

9.8.14 There will be no requirement for TA’s to provide copies of ID&V documents used for verification<br />

purposes to HSBC as part of the due diligence process (unless stated within the agreement),<br />

however these documents must be made available to HSBC within five working days upon request<br />

(or less depending on local regulations).<br />

9.9 Terms of Reliance<br />

Risk Assessment questionnaire: Transfer Agent<br />

1) Risk Rating: TA must take a risk based approach to the rating of <strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

2) Prohibited <strong>Customer</strong>s: TA is to disclose the methods for the classification and<br />

identification of prohibited customers<br />

3) ID&V: Identification and verification of the <strong>Customer</strong> and its connected parties such as<br />

Beneficial Owners / Key Controllers (where required).<br />

4) Screening: The TA is to have a method of screening <strong>Customer</strong>s and clearing related hits<br />

which is effective and transparent to HSBC.<br />

5) KYC: Information on key KYC topics such as Source of Wealth/Source of Funds/Nature<br />

of Business is gathered.<br />

6) Account Activity Reviews: TA is to perform monitoring of <strong>Customer</strong> activities via the<br />

appropriate methods (including SAR recording). Where HSBC banks the fund in addition<br />

to acting as Fund Manager, it will also undertake transaction monitoring to the standard<br />

set out for that process.<br />

7) Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD): High risk <strong>Customer</strong>s require enhanced due diligence<br />

measures. The TA will be responsible for performing EDD to meet the minimum<br />

requirements, as set out in paragraph 9.8.13 (refer to 9.7.3 for Exception requirements).<br />

The TA undertakes to bring to the attention of HSBC any Investors/Funds that they have<br />

identified that pose a heightened financial crime risk, negative media, or produce a<br />

screening hit, prior to the dealing date.<br />

8) Reliance: TA is to fully disclose the nature of any reliance relationships that they have<br />

with third parties where the TA does not hold full <strong>CDD</strong> on a customer<br />

9.9.1 A written agreement detailing the extent of reliance and the requirements/terms and conditions,<br />

must be signed prior to entering the reliance relationship. This must be a two way agreement<br />

signed by the TA and HSBC under which:<br />

a) The responsibilities of the TA are clearly articulated;<br />

b) The terms and conditions and requirements outlined;<br />

c) HSBC’s rights of access to customer data are documented (including rights to access a<br />

summary of the findings of unusual transaction monitoring activities represented by<br />

financial metrics where required);<br />

d) Visitation and testing documented; and,<br />

e) The written agreement must meet legal and regulatory requirements of the local<br />

jurisdiction.<br />

9.9.2 The documents required in order to enter the reliance arrangement are detailed below. These<br />

documents outline the roles and responsibilities, terms and conditions and evidence of qualification<br />

for the arrangement:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 133


Fig.9.4: Reliance Agreement and Documents<br />

Reliance Agreement and Documents<br />

a) An agreement detailing the TA’s responsibilities and ongoing <strong>CDD</strong> work to be completed (See<br />

Appendix1). A renegotiation of existing SLA agreements is to occur where the requirements noted are<br />

not currently being followed.<br />

b) HSBC’s standard terms and conditions along with the agreement above must be sent to and signed<br />

(where required) by the TA.<br />

c) The risk assessment questionnaire (See section 9.8) must be completed for all new TA’s and signed by<br />

the relevant approvers.<br />

d) Evidence that the TA is appropriately regulated is to be provided. An annual letter of agreement is to be<br />

provided confirming the regulatory status.<br />

9.9.3 The documents above are to be obtained from the TA in addition to the <strong>CDD</strong> documents required<br />

under the specific <strong>Customer</strong> type section.<br />

9.9.4 If one of these documents is not provided/cannot be completed, the TA relationship must not be<br />

entered, or a current relationship must be exited.<br />

9.10 Initial and Monitoring reviews of TAs<br />

9.10.1 Initial and Monitoring reviews of the <strong>CDD</strong> activities performed on behalf of HSBC are to be<br />

scheduled in order to validate that the <strong>CDD</strong> is being conducted in an equivalent manner to the local<br />

regulatory and legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg principles, to the level of performance<br />

agreed, and that the systems and controls are sound.<br />

9.10.2 Records of the monitoring review are to be maintained by HSBC.<br />

9.10.3 A list of all approved TA parties is to be maintained on a Global basis (procedures for this are to be<br />

established).<br />

Frequency of Testing<br />

9.10.4 TA’s are to be tested both at the beginning of the relationship and on an ongoing basis. The visit<br />

must occur no less often than once a year (or more frequently if deemed necessary).<br />

9.10.5 The frequency of testing (if required more often) is to be determined by Country FCC and<br />

communicated to the TA within the appropriate Fund Board Meeting.<br />

Visitation and Reporting requirements<br />

9.10.6 The requirements for initial testing is reduced compared to those for ongoing testing and are as<br />

follows;<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The TA is to be given reasonable notice of visitation to be performed (e.g. at least seven<br />

working days). The Compliance Officer and Senior Operations Staff are to be in<br />

attendance and are to review findings, follow up actions and agree timings.<br />

Review of TA’s AML/<strong>CDD</strong> standard must take place to ensure local regulatory and<br />

legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg principles are adhered to and relevant<br />

correspondence with Regulator(s) is to be reviewed (where permissible by regulatory<br />

body) including details of any breach of regulation, or any sanctions applied in order to<br />

substantiate the TA’s adherence to local requirements.<br />

Operational information is to be obtained e.g. Staff turnover/vacancies and any other<br />

material staffing issues to be investigated, proposed/planned systems changes. Total<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 134


number of complaints and brief description of the substance of these complaints (action<br />

taken, status).<br />

9.10.7 The final testing reports for initial and ongoing testing should include at a minimum:<br />

Fig: 9.5 TA Testing procedures - Reporting<br />

TA Testing procedures – Reporting Initial Periodic<br />

a) Impact of Regulatory changes enacted or in the pipeline.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

b) Confirmation that the risk assessment questionnaire has been reviewed and<br />

updated where required. Yes Yes<br />

c) Summary of discussions held with the TA Compliance Officer and Head of<br />

Operations regarding any matters of substance related to the maintenance<br />

of an effective AML/<strong>CDD</strong> programme which complies with the obligations<br />

within the TA agreement/contract and all applicable regulatory<br />

requirements.<br />

d) Summary of findings of testing results including applicable management<br />

information (e.g. number of files reviewed, number that passed/failed,<br />

significance of results and any remedial action required and other followup).<br />

Yes<br />

N/A<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

e) For HSBC purposes only, the paper should include the level of risk recorded<br />

for the TA along with the supporting rationale. Yes Yes<br />

9.10.8 Findings (relating to either initial or ongoing testing) are to be summarised in a paper and distributed<br />

to the Key Controllers of the account e.g. the Fund Board 55, Management team of the Fund<br />

Manager, senior HSBC Risk team members, Country FCC and Operations personnel. The Paper<br />

should be presented to the next Fund board meeting and the discussion and conclusion minuted.<br />

The risk summary regarding the TA is to be updated based on the annual testing/review that is<br />

performed and circulated to HSBC parties annually (See section 9.8.6).<br />

9.11 HSBC responsibilities<br />

9.11.1 The internal management of TA’s necessitates that the responsibilities for each part of the process<br />

are clearly defined.<br />

9.11.2 HSBC has a responsibility to be comfortable with the standards of the TA in order to continue in<br />

the role of the Fund Manager of the Fund.<br />

9.11.3 HSBC is responsible for ensuring that any findings noted as a result of review/testing are reported<br />

to the Fund Board on a timely basis.<br />

55 The Fund board is charged with ensuring that the fund is managed in the best interests of the fund's investors, that the<br />

strategic direction of the Fund is line with the expectations/purpose, and with hiring the Fund Manager and other service<br />

providers to the fund.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 135


Onboarding and Ongoing Management<br />

9.11.4 The level and complexity of the risks associated with TA’s require that a designated team of<br />

Specialists are responsible for managing these relationships within the business. This team is<br />

responsible for:<br />

<br />

<br />

Control Testing<br />

Completing the Risk Assessment Questionnaire; and,<br />

Managing the <strong>CDD</strong> information gathered regarding the TA.<br />

9.11.5 Responsibility for arranging the visitation / control testing to the TA will be held by the Specialist<br />

team (or equivalent).<br />

9.11.6 A representative of Country FCC will lead the visitation and control testing of the TA and may be<br />

supported by other Country FCC and/or operational staff.<br />

Business Sign off<br />

9.11.7 Sign off from key stakeholders of the Business is required for:<br />

Approval for the TA<br />

<br />

<br />

The Testing results reported at onboarding; and,<br />

The Testing results reported on ongoing management.<br />

9.11.8 The approval structure for accepting a TA is detailed below:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Controller: Specialist team<br />

Authorizer: Head of Specialist team<br />

Adviser: Country FCC function<br />

Adviser: Regional FCC function<br />

Ultimate Approver: Fund Board<br />

9.11.9 Approval of the TA at onboarding is to be documented within the <strong>CDD</strong> profile.<br />

9.11.10 Approval of the TA on an ongoing basis is to be documented within the <strong>CDD</strong> profile at annual review<br />

(or as the result of a trigger event).<br />

9.11.11 Please note that the approval structure documented in 9.11.8 in the procedures is only in the<br />

context of the <strong>CDD</strong> requirements and that the TA (depending on the nature of the relationship with<br />

HSBC) may still need to be approved through a complete due diligence process (covering aspects<br />

relating to outsourcing such as service capability, systems, contingency, people, etc. etc.) as<br />

required for all service providers.<br />

Change in circumstance<br />

9.11.12 Where the TA is replaced, a comprehensive plan for the transfer of <strong>CDD</strong> documentation undertaken<br />

previously will need to be prepared and a complete review of the relationship with the newly<br />

appointed TA performed.<br />

9.11.13 The plan will need to be approved as per the approval structure for accepting and maintaining a TA<br />

(see section 9.11.8) and will include the date at which responsibilities are transferred from one TA<br />

to the other<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 136


9.12 Part B: Reliance on an Instructing Party (N.B. Only to be reviewed where<br />

reliance is being placed on an IP and the fund is the <strong>Customer</strong> of HSBC).<br />

Definition of an Instructing Party (IP)<br />

9.12.1 Generally, all Funds will appoint a Fund or Investment Manager (Instructing Party) to manage the<br />

assets of the Fund in line with the Fund prospectus/offering memorandum. Some IP’s are<br />

subsidiaries of larger groups such as banks or insurance companies, although they may be<br />

independently owned and even publicly quoted.<br />

9.12.2 The IP may provide <strong>CDD</strong> information to HSBC either if it is an external IP, or an HSBC Affiliate /<br />

Department acting as an IP. The requirements for both IP types are the same.<br />

9.12.3 When HSBC places reliance on an IP for information, the Fund is the <strong>Customer</strong> and the Investor is<br />

a beneficial owner (BO) of the Fund (rather than a <strong>Customer</strong>). The IP completes due diligence on<br />

the Fund itself and the connected parties to the Fund (although it may delegate the latter to another<br />

entity, typically a TA, or Administrator, or Registrar).<br />

9.12.4 Reliance therefore includes, but is not limited to:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

For the Fund (<strong>Customer</strong>) – HSBC identifies the Fund on the basis of information<br />

provided by the IP and relies on the IP to have undertaken verification;<br />

For Key Controllers – HSBC identifies the roles and responsibilities of the parties<br />

associated with the Fund / Fund Controllers on the basis of information provided by the<br />

IP or Administrator and relies on the IP or Administrator to have undertaken verification;<br />

For Investors in the Fund (Beneficial Owners) – the level of reliance that HSBC is able<br />

to place on an IP or Administrator for due diligence regarding BO’s is dependent on the<br />

regulatory status of the IP or Administrator (See section 9.14 below); and,<br />

For Nature of Business, Source of Wealth, Source of Funds, Account purpose – HSBC<br />

may be provided with some or all of the information required regarding these topics and<br />

may rely on the IP or Administrator to have undertaken verification requirements.<br />

9.12.5 Where indicated in Fig. 9.6 below, HSBC may place reliance on the party (or parties) responsible<br />

for <strong>Customer</strong> due diligence of the Fund.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 137


Fig.9.6: <strong>Customer</strong> for due diligence requirements at Fund level: Scenarios when Reliance can be placed.<br />

Regulated Status<br />

of Instructing IP= Equivalently regulated FI<br />

IP=Not an equivalently regulated FI<br />

Party (IP)*:<br />

HSBC Role: Specific types of engagement**** All types of engagement<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> Profile Requirements<br />

Scope of Role:<br />

Traded Markets Includes e.g. (a) FX, (b)<br />

Debt instruments, (c) OTC derivatives -<br />

(Credit, Rates, Equity, other) (d) Primary<br />

& off-exchange Equity & Debt, (e) Other<br />

markets products, (f) Prime Brokerage<br />

Securities Services includes e.g. (a)<br />

Custody, (b) Trustee/Depository, (c)<br />

Administrator, (d) Transfer Agent, (e)<br />

Clearing/Settlement<br />

Banking includes e.g. (a) Deposit fixed<br />

& notice, (b) Loans, (c) Revolving credit,<br />

(d) PCM, (e) Trade<br />

i) Instructing Party (IP); and<br />

ii) Fund; and<br />

iii) Party on whom reliance is being<br />

placed for due diligence on the Fund<br />

(e.g. Administrator)<br />

Exchange-Traded Products<br />

Traded Markets<br />

Securities Services<br />

Banking<br />

i) Instructing Party (IP); and<br />

ii) Fund; and<br />

iii) Party on whom reliance is being<br />

placed for due diligence on the<br />

Fund (e.g. Administrator)<br />

Instructing Party (IP)<br />

Administrator<br />

ID&V - Fund<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> Profile: refer to sections<br />

9.15.2 to 9.15.6<br />

Due diligence: refer to sections 9.15.7 to<br />

9.15.10<br />

Identification – Obtain information from IP/<br />

Administrator<br />

Verification – Rely on IP/ Administrator<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> Profile: refer to sections<br />

9.15.2 to 9.15.6<br />

Due diligence: refer to sections 9.15.7 to<br />

9.15.10<br />

ID&V Fund<br />

Fun<br />

d<br />

ID&V –<br />

BO*****<br />

Administrator<br />

** is<br />

equivalently<br />

regulated<br />

Other<br />

Identification – Rely on IP / Administrator<br />

Verification – Rely on IP / Administrator<br />

Identification – Obtain information from IP/<br />

Administrator<br />

Identification – Obtain information from<br />

Administrator<br />

Verification – Rely on Administrator<br />

ID&V BO's<br />

Verification – Rely on IP/ Administrator<br />

ID&V - Fund Control Structure***<br />

Administrator<br />

** is<br />

Identification – Obtain information from IP/<br />

Administrator<br />

Verification – Rely on IP/ Administrator<br />

Identification – Obtain information from IP/<br />

Administrator<br />

ID&V Structure<br />

Identification – Obtain information from<br />

Administrator<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 138


ID&V –<br />

Controller*****<br />

*<br />

equivalently<br />

regulated<br />

Other<br />

Verification – Rely on IP/ Administrator<br />

Identification – Obtain information from IP/<br />

Administrator<br />

Verification – Rely on Administrator<br />

ID&V Controllers<br />

Verification – Rely on IP/ Administrator<br />

ID&V - Instructing Party (IP)<br />

********<br />

ID&V as Direct Appointee<br />

(if different from Investment Manager or<br />

Controller)<br />

ID&V as Direct Appointee (if different<br />

from Investment Manager or Controller)<br />

* For simplicity, this is assumed to be the Investment Manager in the table above, but can be one of a number of parties that<br />

may be mandated to issue instructions on behalf of the Fund. Where the Instructing Party is the Fund itself, no reliance can<br />

be placed on the Fund.<br />

** For simplicity, this is referred to as the Administrator in the table above, but can be one of a number of parties with<br />

responsibility for conducting due diligence on the Fund and its investors. This may include the Administrator, Fund Trustee,<br />

or Depositary.<br />

*** Fund Control Structure refers to the relationship of Key Controllers to the Fund. The Fund’s structure will typically be<br />

understood by referring to the Fund prospectus or offering memorandum. Specific details are provided in the Global ID&V<br />

matrix.<br />

**** A reliance agreement is required to place reliance on Instructing Party or another party to perform due diligence on a Fund.<br />

Where a reliance agreement is not obtained, the requirements in column for ‘not an equivalently regulated institution’ will<br />

apply. Refer to Appendix 2 for the required content of the reliance agreement.<br />

***** The beneficial owners of the Fund are the investors into the Fund and must be identified to the relevant thresholds determined<br />

by the Fund’s risk rating. Where the <strong>Customer</strong> is a Master Fund, composed of multiple Feeder Funds, this may involve<br />

obtaining the offering memoranda from the Feeder Funds.<br />

****** The Fund’s controllers will be identified via the verification of the Fund structure. It is important to note that controlling<br />

parties may often already have been identified within an Investment Manager’s or Administrator’s <strong>CDD</strong> profile (with a<br />

reference to the Fund’s <strong>CDD</strong> profile).<br />

******* Even if the Instructing Party requires a separate sub-account per Fund, the Instructing Party and not the Fund is the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

To denote this, the sub-account must clearly designate both the Instructing Party and Sub-account names.<br />

******** Instructing Party where the Fund has an internal management structure.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 139


9.13 Risks Associated with IP’s<br />

9.13.1 In addition to the general risks associated with placing reliance, a key risk identified when placing<br />

reliance on an IP, is that the IP also places reliance on an external TA to complete the due diligence<br />

for the Investors and the financial crime risk checks/controls completed on the TA by the IP may<br />

not be to the equivalent standard of HSBC’s.<br />

9.14 Requirements for IPs<br />

9.14.1 The key requirements for placing reliance on an IP are as follows:<br />

a) That the IP poses an acceptable financial crime risk; and,<br />

b) That the IP (and/or Administrator, depending on the requirements 9.14.2 and 9.14.3<br />

below) is an Equivalently Regulated Financial Institution (FI) (Refer to Global Procedural<br />

Standards Corporates and Partnerships section 5.6.2 for definition); and,<br />

c) It is not located in a country assessed as High-risk country on the Group FCCRM; and,<br />

d) That the IP (and Administrator, where applicable) is fully aware of, and has agreed to,<br />

their responsibilities and the delegation of these responsibilities is clearly defined in a two<br />

way written communication. These responsibilities include performing due diligence on<br />

the Fund and its connected parties (where required) in line with local regulatory and<br />

legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg principles.<br />

9.14.2 If both the Instructing Party and the Administrator are equivalently regulated financial institutions,<br />

then reliance can be placed on either party via a two way written notification and acknowledgement<br />

(e.g. e-mail, letter). Without a two way written notification / communication, the reliance relationship<br />

cannot be entered into.<br />

9.14.3 If only one of the Instructing Party or the Administrator is an equivalently regulated financial<br />

institution as outlined in 9.14.1(b), reliance can only be placed on the regulated party via a two-way<br />

signed agreement.<br />

9.14.4 Note that a financial institution that is only subject to an independent Self-Regulating Organisation<br />

(SRO) falls outside the definition of an Equivalently Regulated FI, except where the SRO has been<br />

determined to be acceptable by Global LOB FCC and Global AML.<br />

9.14.5 Where any other instances of <strong>CDD</strong> Risk Acceptance are noted, the IP should be escalated to Global<br />

AML via the applicable Global LOB FCC function.<br />

9.15 Due Diligence for IPs<br />

9.15.1 The due diligence process for onboarding an IP consists of two parts:<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> of IP<br />

<br />

<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> and risk rating of the IP; and,<br />

Understand the <strong>CDD</strong> procedures applied by the IP.<br />

9.15.2 Where it is identified that HSBC has a <strong>Customer</strong> relationship with an Instructing Party (typically an<br />

Investment Manager), or that reliance is being placed on the Instructing Party for the completion of<br />

due diligence on the Fund, then due diligence must be completed on the Instructing Party and<br />

recorded in a <strong>CDD</strong> Profile.<br />

9.15.3 The Instructing Party’s profile must be referenced to the Fund profile<br />

9.15.4 Due diligence must be performed on the Instructing Party in accordance with the <strong>Customer</strong> Due<br />

Diligence procedures in this document. In many cases, it will be most appropriate to treat the<br />

Instructing Party as an NBFI. It is not required to obtain information about the source of wealth of<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 140


an individual who is a beneficial owner of the instructing party, providing both conditions below are<br />

met:<br />

a) the instructing party is an equivalently regulated financial institution and not SCC; and<br />

b) the individual is not a PEP.<br />

9.15.5 The <strong>CDD</strong> Profile will identify the specific questions required for the Instructing Party and a tailored<br />

AML Questionnaire will be required to analyse the appropriateness of the AML controls with regard<br />

to:<br />

a) looking through feeder Fund structures and omnibus account holdings to identify<br />

Beneficial Owners; and,<br />

b) controls to prevent investments in assets which have been derived from the proceeds of<br />

crime.<br />

9.15.6 If the IP is SCC or risk rated High, Country FCC approval of the <strong>CDD</strong> Profile of the IP is required.<br />

Otherwise, please refer to the approvals matrix outlined in the approval Chapter 6 of the <strong>RBWM</strong><br />

<strong>CDD</strong> Process Procedural Standards – Approvals Chapter 6.4.1.<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> of Administrator<br />

9.15.7 Where reliance is being placed on an Administrator to conduct due diligence on the Investors in the<br />

Fund, then a <strong>CDD</strong> Profile must be created.<br />

9.15.8 The profile must be referenced to each Fund <strong>CDD</strong> profile as a related party, where there is reliance.<br />

9.15.9 Where the administrator is an existing <strong>Customer</strong>, a full <strong>CDD</strong> profile will already exist. However, if<br />

this is a new relationship for this party, an Administrative Trigger Event must be raised in<br />

accordance with the requirements of Global <strong>CDD</strong> Process Procedural Standards -Chapter 4<br />

Updating Information – New Accounts and Periodic and Event Driven Reviews to record the new<br />

reliance relationship on the existing <strong>Customer</strong>’s profile.<br />

9.15.10 If the Administrator is not an existing <strong>Customer</strong>, the Administrator profile must be referenced to the<br />

Fund profile and the following limited due diligence procedures completed:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Identify and verify the Administrator (entity);<br />

Screen the Administrator against sanctions terrorist and other lists, PEP and for<br />

negative news;<br />

Identify the nature of business from public sources; and,<br />

Unless directed to do so by Country FCC following an escalation, there is no<br />

requirement to identify or verify Directors or Owners, or to complete an AML<br />

Questionnaire or for visitation.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 141


9.16 Due Diligence for the <strong>Customer</strong> and its connected parties<br />

9.16.1 <strong>CDD</strong> and risk analysis of the <strong>Customer</strong> is to be completed by the IP to meet, as a minimum local<br />

regulatory and legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg principles specific to the particular<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> type. Key control requirements which must be present in the IPs <strong>CDD</strong> procedures include<br />

but are not limited to:<br />

Fig.9.7: Key Control requirements<br />

Key Control requirements<br />

1) Risk rating of <strong>Customer</strong>s: IP must take a risk based approach to the rating of <strong>Customer</strong>s which<br />

is equivalent to that of HSBC.<br />

2) ID&V: Identification and verification of the <strong>Customer</strong> and its connected parties e.g. Key Controllers<br />

and Beneficial Owners (where required).<br />

3) Screening: IP is to perform PEP and Sanctions screening of Beneficial Owners of the Fund.<br />

4) KYC: Information on key KYC topics such as Source of Wealth/Source of Funds/Nature of Business<br />

is gathered (where required) and reliance is to be placed on the IP for verification (where required).<br />

5) Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD): High risk <strong>Customer</strong>s require enhanced due diligence measures.<br />

The IP will be responsible for performing EDD for the parties concerned. The IP undertakes to bring<br />

to the attention of HSBC any Investors or Key Controllers that they have identified that have a<br />

heightened financial crime risk, negative media, or produce a screening hit, prior to the dealing<br />

date.<br />

6) Reliance: IP is to fully disclose the nature of any reliance relationships that they have with third<br />

parties (e.g. IP places reliance on a TA).<br />

9.16.2 There will be no requirement for IP’s to provide copies of ID&V documents used for verification<br />

purposes to HSBC as part of the due diligence process, however these documents must be made<br />

available to HSBC within five working days upon request (or less depending on local regulations).<br />

9.17 Terms of Reliance<br />

9.17.1 As noted in 8.14.1(d), HSBC and any IP party on which HSBC is relying must document their<br />

agreement to the agreed reliance arrangement. The documents required in order to enter the<br />

reliance arrangement are detailed below. These documents outline the roles and responsibilities<br />

and evidence of qualification for the arrangement:<br />

Fig.9.8: Key Control requirements<br />

Reliance Agreement and Documents<br />

a) An agreement via notification and response to notification, or a signed agreement document (where<br />

required) confirming/detailing the IP’s responsibilities and ongoing <strong>CDD</strong> work to be completed (refer to<br />

section 9.14.2 and 9.14.3).<br />

b) Evidence that the IP or Administrator is appropriately regulated is to be provided (where required). An annual<br />

letter of agreement is to be provided confirming the regulatory status (in addition to interim notifications<br />

regarding a change in status).<br />

9.17.2 Requirements regarding the details within the agreement required for approval purposes are<br />

documented in Appendix 2. A renegotiation of existing SLA agreements is to occur where the<br />

requirements noted are not currently being followed. The documents above are to be obtained<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 142


from the IP (or Administrator where applicable) in addition to the <strong>CDD</strong> documents required under<br />

the specific <strong>Customer</strong> entity type section.<br />

9.17.3 If one of these documents is not provided/cannot be completed, the IP relationship must not be<br />

entered, or a current relationship must be exited.<br />

9.17.4 The agreement must meet legal and regulatory requirements of the local jurisdiction.<br />

9.18 Initial and Monitoring reviews of IP’s<br />

9.18.1 The IP is to provide copies of the required documents noted in the Agreement and confirmation<br />

that the activities will be / are being performed at the initial stage of the <strong>Customer</strong> onboarding and<br />

annually during the relationship.<br />

9.18.2 Where confirmation / documents required within the agreement are not provided, or the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

information provided raises concerns from an AML perspective, visitation and testing of the IP will<br />

be required. Requirements will be determined in consultation with Country FCC.<br />

9.19 Part C: Other Intermediary types (N.B. To be reviewed when reliance is being<br />

placed on an Introducing/Managing Intermediary).<br />

9.19.1 The below Intermediary definitions span the ‘other’ Intermediary type categories that can be relied<br />

upon in the instance that reliance upon an Intermediary has been approved on an exception basis.<br />

Fig.9.9: Key Control Requirements<br />

Introducing<br />

Intermediary<br />

(ongoing)<br />

Intermediary<br />

(Managing)<br />

Introduces the <strong>Customer</strong> to HSBC, shares certain <strong>CDD</strong> with HSBC but does not manage the<br />

account on an ongoing basis. Introducing intermediary must have an ongoing relationship with<br />

HSBC if HSBC is to place reliance e.g. they are required to sign an agreement with HSBC.<br />

The regulated Intermediary acts on behalf of a person or entity as an account holder and/or<br />

acts as a signatory to the account and/or manages the accounts or assets on behalf of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> and/or acts as a principal of the entity. The account may be held in the name of the<br />

Intermediary or the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

Where the account is held in the Intermediaries name, testing results / <strong>CDD</strong> information<br />

regarding the underlying <strong>Customer</strong> is gathered and maintained within the Intermediaries<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> 56 profile.<br />

9.19.2 As noted in 9.2.5, in certain circumstances HSBC will not meet a customer therefore the relationship<br />

may be non-face to face. If a third party meets a customer (but HSBC does not) and the third party<br />

provides all appropriate <strong>CDD</strong> documentation to HSBC to an acceptable level, this does not<br />

constitute a reliance situation (as HSBC does not place reliance on the party to review and verify<br />

<strong>CDD</strong>).<br />

9.20 Risks Associated with Introducing/Managing Intermediaries<br />

9.20.1 HSBC may place reliance on the Intermediary to meet the <strong>Customer</strong> face-to-face and to verify their<br />

existence. Where the appropriate controls are not in place, there is a risk of fictitious parties opening<br />

an account via the Intermediary.<br />

9.20.2 HSBC has determined that when managing the account of a PEP <strong>Customer</strong>, <strong>CDD</strong> is to be<br />

completed by HSBC rather than the Introducing/Managing Intermediary. The risk of corruption /<br />

political associations with these types of parties is heightened and therefore reliance cannot be<br />

placed.<br />

56<br />

The term <strong>Customer</strong> is used throughout this section of the procedures to refer to the underlying <strong>Customer</strong> even in the scenario that the account<br />

is held in the name of the Intermediary.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 143


9.21 Scenarios for Interim period (exit of reliance relationship)<br />

9.21.1 Where reliance is currently being placed on Intermediaries that are not approved instances of <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Risk Acceptance, the reliance relationship with the Intermediary is to be exited.<br />

9.21.2 Prior to the exit of these relationships, an analysis of whether the relationship is actually a reliance<br />

relationship as defined within these procedures needs to be completed. If there is any uncertainty<br />

regarding whether the relationship with the Intermediary can be classified as reliance (see definition<br />

section 9.2), refer to Country FCC for advice.<br />

9.21.3 The two methods for exiting these relationships will be as follows:<br />

Strategy 1 (remediation plan)<br />

9.21.4 Current documentation held on the <strong>Customer</strong> (including documentation provided by the<br />

Intermediary) is to be raised to the same standard as for direct <strong>Customer</strong>s via a remediation<br />

plan/project.<br />

9.21.5 The remediation plan is to be documented and approved by the LOB FCC Head.<br />

9.21.6 The timeframe of the remediation plan is to be limited (no less than 12 month project).<br />

Strategy 2 (trigger/periodic review)<br />

9.21.7 Current documentation held on the <strong>Customer</strong> (including documentation provided by the<br />

Intermediary) is to be raised to the same standard as for direct <strong>Customer</strong>s via a time bound trigger<br />

and periodic review process (<strong>RBWM</strong> <strong>CDD</strong> Process Procedural Standards Chapter 4 – Periodic and<br />

Event Driven Reviews).<br />

9.21.8 The timeframe for completion of the gathering of information will depend upon the number of<br />

trigger/periodic reviews required for the <strong>Customer</strong> within a given period. All <strong>Customer</strong>s should be<br />

remediated within five years (the longest periodic review period permissible).<br />

Approvals<br />

9.21.9 In the instances that HSBC wishes to place reliance on an Intermediary in the interim period, these<br />

Intermediaries will be treated as an instance of <strong>CDD</strong> Risk Acceptance and are subject to approval<br />

by the Global Head of FCC for the Line of Business concerned and reported to GAMLO. Such<br />

approval is subject to annual renewal (see sections 9.27.5 to 9.27.7).<br />

Trustee requirements<br />

9.21.10 Where the Managing Intermediary is a Trustee/Trust Company and HSBC is no longer placing<br />

reliance on the Trustee, the terms and conditions relating to the Trust (the <strong>Customer</strong>) will state the<br />

obligation of the Trustee to provide HSBC with information regarding changes to the entitlement of<br />

Beneficiaries of the Trust (e.g. new beneficiaries, beneficiaries become named or value of<br />

entitlement changes).<br />

9.22 Requirements for Introducing /Managing Intermediaries (to be<br />

maintained)<br />

9.22.1 In the case of strategy 2 above, Introducing/Managing Intermediaries must meet the following<br />

requirements:<br />

a) The Introducing/Managing Intermediary pose an acceptable financial crime risk; and,<br />

b) Is not assessed as a High-risk country on the Group FCCRM; and,<br />

c) The Introducing/Managing Intermediary is fully aware and has agreed to their responsibilities<br />

and the delegation of these responsibilities clearly defined in a written agreement. These<br />

responsibilities include;<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 144


Performing due diligence on relevant parties. The due diligence and testing<br />

requirements completed by the Introducing/Managing Intermediary on these must be<br />

equivalent to HSBC’s AML Standards.<br />

9.22.2 The Introducing/Managing Intermediary (if an individual) is required under the law of the jurisdiction<br />

concerned to be registered or licensed, or is regulated under the law of that jurisdiction that meets<br />

the equivalent criteria to the domestic jurisdiction of account opening.<br />

9.22.3 If the Intermediary is an individual, an AML confirmation from the Professional firm employing the<br />

Intermediary is required. If the Professional firm has several individuals acting as intermediaries,<br />

only one AML confirmation is required to be completed and signed by the individual and the<br />

Professional Firm.<br />

9.22.4 HSBC will only place reliance on an Intermediary where the requirements are met, and where it is<br />

operationally/commercially viable. Where we are placing reliance on an Introducing/Managing<br />

Intermediary for a limited number of <strong>Customer</strong>s, there should be an analysis of the impact of placing<br />

reliance versus the impact of onboarding the <strong>Customer</strong> directly.<br />

9.22.5 If there are international Intermediaries that do not meet the above criteria, however there is still a<br />

case to put forward for placing reliance on the Introducing/Managing Intermediary, escalate to<br />

Country FCC.<br />

9.23 Due Diligence for Introducing / Managing Intermediaries (to be<br />

maintained)<br />

Risk Assessment<br />

9.23.1 A risk assessment of the Introducing / Managing Intermediary must be performed by the Specialist<br />

team 57 in order to limit the risk to HSBC of using a third party for reliance purposes.<br />

9.23.2 The risk assessment questionnaire must be completed for all Introducing / Managing Intermediary<br />

including those that are existing <strong>Customer</strong>s, unless they have been risk assessed within the past<br />

12 months. The risk assessment questionnaire is to be completed prior to the due diligence<br />

information being gathered and Intermediary profile created.<br />

9.23.3 The risk assessment questionnaire must cover the following topics and responses to each factor<br />

must be descriptive in nature:<br />

Fig.9.10: Risk Assessment questionnaire: Intermediaries<br />

Risk Assessment questionnaire: Intermediaries<br />

1) Regulated status: The regulated status of the Introducing / Managing Intermediary must be<br />

assessed in order to confirm that the status meets the requirements stated above (section 9.22).<br />

2) Reputation: The public disciplinary record/market reputation of the Introducing / Managing<br />

Intermediary should be reviewed and considered when analysing the risk level.<br />

3) Obligations: Research whether there have been any recent lawsuits against the Introducing /<br />

Managing Intermediary and understand the implications if HSBC is to establish a relationship with<br />

the Introducing / Managing Intermediary.<br />

4) Controls: Confirm that the Introducing / Managing Intermediary has an adequate existing control<br />

infrastructure from a <strong>CDD</strong> perspective, necessary to meet the due diligence standards required by<br />

HSBC. Refer to table 9.24.1.<br />

57<br />

The term ‘Specialist Team’ is being used to refer to a team of designated individuals within the line of business that have the appropriate<br />

knowledge and experience.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 145


Risk Assessment questionnaire: Intermediaries<br />

5) Financial: Review the financial strength of the Introducing / Managing Intermediary and confirm<br />

that all <strong>Customer</strong> monies held are segregated from the Introducing / Managing Intermediary’s own<br />

monies under all circumstances.<br />

6) Business dealings: Understand the nature of business dealings that the Introducing / Managing<br />

Intermediary is involved in. This may identify links to higher risk business types (<strong>CDD</strong> Process<br />

Chapter 10, Special Categories of <strong>Customer</strong>s and Prohibited <strong>Customer</strong>s).<br />

7) Data security/IT infrastructure/Business continuity: Identify controls for data security to reduce<br />

the risk of data transfer (such as data retention controls) and obtain information regarding the<br />

stability of the IT infrastructure in order to understand the risk of data loss. In addition, review<br />

procedures for business continuity.<br />

8) Products/Services: Consider the services offered by the Introducing / Managing Intermediary.<br />

9) Any other adverse information regarding the Introducing / Managing Intermediary (e.g. negative<br />

news).<br />

Additional factors for consideration<br />

10) Sales capacity: This information could be used to indicate the level of business activity of the<br />

Introducing / Managing Intermediary and whether it is indeed valid or potentially a fraudulent<br />

operation.<br />

11) Training activities/staff strength: These factors indicate the level of resourcing and capacity that<br />

the Introducing / Managing Intermediary has in order to perform the tasks required to meet the<br />

minimum requirements, as set out in paragraph 9.24.1 and fig 9.11.<br />

9.23.4 The information above is to be documented in a risk assessment questionnaire and is subject to<br />

approval by the designated individuals (refer to 9.27.5 to 9.27.7). The risk assessment<br />

questionnaire must include the above factors at a minimum.<br />

9.23.5 A summary of the key risks and risk mitigating controls managed by the Introducing / Managing<br />

Intermediary is to accompany the risk assessment questionnaire and is to be completed prior to<br />

on-boarding. This summary is to be updated on a periodic basis.<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> of Introducing/Managing Intermediaries<br />

9.23.6 The Due Diligence (DD) information required for the Introducing / Managing Intermediary will follow<br />

the requirements for their particular <strong>Customer</strong> type (i.e. Non-Banking Financial Institution or Bank).<br />

A HSBC profile will be set up and maintained for both Introducing and Managing Intermediaries.<br />

9.23.7 Introducing / Managing Intermediary that are not HSBC <strong>Customer</strong>s, will be subject to a similar level<br />

of DD required for Introducing / Managing Intermediary that are existing <strong>Customer</strong>s and will be risk<br />

rated accordingly. For Introducing / Managing Intermediaries that are non HSBC <strong>Customer</strong>s, the<br />

Product Risk Rating to be applied will be High risk.<br />

9.23.8 In the case of Managing Intermediaries, the <strong>Customer</strong> account may be set up in the name of the<br />

Managing Intermediary and HSBC deals with the Intermediary rather than the underlying <strong>Customer</strong><br />

(e.g. ABC Intermediary Co Ltd as Trustee of the XYZ Trust), or an account may be set up for the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> and a <strong>CDD</strong> profile will be created for the Managing Intermediary party.<br />

9.23.9 In the instance that the Introducing / Managing Intermediary is identified as High risk or SCC,<br />

approval must be provided by the Reputational Risk Committee (or equivalent) in order to place<br />

reliance.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 146


9.24 Due Diligence for <strong>Customer</strong><br />

Review of Underlying <strong>Customer</strong><br />

9.24.1 <strong>CDD</strong> and risk analysis of the <strong>Customer</strong> is to be completed by the Introducing / Managing<br />

Intermediary to a level equivalent to the HSBC Global AML procedures specific to the particular<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> type. Key control requirements which must be present in the Introducing / Managing<br />

Intermediaries <strong>CDD</strong> procedures include but are not limited to:<br />

Fig.9.11: Key Control requirements<br />

Key Control requirements<br />

1) Risk Rating: Introducing / Managing Intermediary must take a risk based approach to the rating of<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s.<br />

2) ID&V: Identification and verification of the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

3) Screening: The Introducing / Managing Intermediary is to have a method of screening <strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

and clearing related hits which is effective and transparent to HSBC.<br />

4) KYC: Information on key KYC topics such as Source of Wealth/Source of Funds/Nature of<br />

Business is gathered.<br />

5) Account Activity reviews: Introducing / Managing Intermediary is to perform transaction<br />

monitoring of account activities via the appropriate methods. Where HSBC banks the fund in<br />

addition to acting as Fund Manager, it will also undertake transaction monitoring to the standard<br />

set out for that process.<br />

6) Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD): <strong>Customer</strong>s identified as having a heightened financial crime risk<br />

require enhanced due diligence measures. The Intermediary will be responsible for performing<br />

EDD for the parties concerned. Where an SCC <strong>Customer</strong> is identified, reliance cannot be placed<br />

on an Intermediary (See section 9.24.9)<br />

9.24.2 Introducing Intermediaries will be responsible for the verification of the <strong>Customer</strong>/Connected<br />

Parties and the gathering of <strong>CDD</strong> information (where requested/it can be provided) depending on<br />

the terms of the Engagement letter. Any <strong>CDD</strong> information not obtained from the Introducing<br />

Intermediary (as per agreed terms) must be gathered by HSBC.<br />

9.24.3 The Introducing/Managing Intermediary must review the original documents required for verification<br />

purposes only. They cannot place reliance on an additional party for this information. Accepting a<br />

‘copy of a copy’ is not permissible for placing reliance. Any reliance relationships must be disclosed<br />

to HSBC as part of the agreement.<br />

9.24.4 There will be no requirement for Introducing / Managing Intermediaries to provide copies of ID&V<br />

documents used for verification purposes to HSBC as part of the due diligence process, however<br />

these documents must be made available to HSBC within five working days upon request (or less<br />

depending on local regulations).<br />

9.24.5 Reliance will not be placed on Introducing/Managing Intermediaries for the following <strong>CDD</strong>:<br />

a) The identification of the <strong>Customer</strong>/Connected Parties: Details of all UBO’s, Director’s, and<br />

Controller’s must always be fully disclosed to HSBC. Refer to <strong>Customer</strong> type for the definitions<br />

of each of these parties.<br />

b) Screening requirements: HSBC will screen (including PEPs and sanctions) all<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s/connected parties in line with <strong>Customer</strong> type requirements based on the<br />

identification information captured.<br />

c) Validation of SoW/SoF: Wider <strong>CDD</strong> information including SoW/SoF will still need to be<br />

obtained in all cases in line with the Global Standard Procedures. Understanding the SoW/SoF<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 147


is important for analysing the risk of the <strong>Customer</strong>. The validation of this information may vary<br />

between Institutions even when regulated in the same manner.<br />

Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD)<br />

9.24.6 Under the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Introducing / Managing Intermediary<br />

undertakes to bring to the attention of HSBC any <strong>Customer</strong>s that have a heightened financial crime<br />

risk, negative media, or produce a screening hit, prior to the referral of the <strong>Customer</strong> to HSBC.<br />

9.24.7 According to HSBC Global Standards policy, High risk <strong>Customer</strong>s require enhanced due diligence<br />

measures.<br />

9.24.8 The Introducing / Managing Intermediary will perform the EDD to a level equivalent to local<br />

regulatory and legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg principles.<br />

9.24.9 Where an SCC <strong>Customer</strong> is identified, reliance cannot be placed on an Intermediary and the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> must be directly managed by HSBC.<br />

9.25 Terms of Reliance<br />

9.25.1 A written agreement detailing the extent of reliance and the requirements/terms and conditions,<br />

must be signed prior to entering the reliance relationship. This must be a two way agreement<br />

signed by the Introducing / Managing Intermediary and HSBC under which the responsibilities of<br />

the Introducing / Managing Intermediary are clearly articulated, the terms and conditions and<br />

requirements outlined and HSBC’s rights of access to customer data and visitation and testing<br />

documented.<br />

9.25.2 Amendments to the terms are required where the Intermediary is an individual rather than a legal<br />

entity.<br />

9.25.3 The documents required in order to enter the reliance arrangement are detailed below. These<br />

documents outline the roles and responsibilities, terms and conditions and evidence of qualification<br />

for the arrangement:<br />

Fig.9.12: Reliance Agreement and Documents<br />

Reliance Agreement and Documents<br />

a) An agreement detailing the Introducing / Managing Intermediaries responsibilities and ongoing <strong>CDD</strong> work<br />

to be completed (See Appendix A – 1). A renegotiation of existing SLA agreements is to occur where the<br />

requirements noted are not currently being followed.<br />

b) HSBC’s standard terms and conditions along with the agreement above must be sent to and signed (where<br />

required) by the Introducing / Managing Intermediary.<br />

c) The risk assessment questionnaire (See section 9.23.1 to 9.23.5) must be completed for all new Introducing<br />

/ Managing Intermediaries and signed by the relevant approvers.<br />

d) Evidence that the Introducing / Managing Intermediary is appropriately regulated is to be provided. An<br />

annual letter of agreement is to be provided confirming the regulatory status.<br />

9.25.4 The documents above are to be obtained from the Introducing / Managing Intermediary in addition<br />

to the DD documents required under the specific <strong>Customer</strong> type section.<br />

9.25.5 If one of these documents is not provided/cannot be completed, the Introducing / Managing<br />

Intermediary relationship must not be entered, or the current relationship must be exited.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 148


9.26 Initial and Monitoring Review of Introducing / Managing<br />

Intermediary (to be maintained)<br />

9.26.1 Initial and Monitoring reviews of the <strong>CDD</strong> activities performed on behalf of HSBC are to be<br />

scheduled in order to validate that the <strong>CDD</strong> is being conducted as per local regulatory and<br />

legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg principles to the level of performance agreed, and that<br />

the systems and controls are sound.<br />

9.26.2 Records of the monitoring review are to be maintained by HSBC.<br />

9.26.3 A list of all approved Introducing / Managing Intermediary parties is to be maintained on a Global<br />

basis (procedures for this are to be established).<br />

Frequency of Testing<br />

9.26.4 Introducing / Managing Intermediaries are to be tested both at the beginning of the relationship and<br />

on an ongoing basis. The visit must occur no less often than once a year (or more frequently if<br />

deemed necessary).<br />

9.26.5 The frequency of testing (if required more often) is to be determined by Country FCC and<br />

communicated to the Introducing / Managing Intermediaries.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 149


Visitation and Reporting requirements<br />

9.26.6 Testing procedures for visitation /testing of Introducing / Managing Intermediaries are detailed below:<br />

Fig.9.13: Reliance Agreement and Documents<br />

Introducing/Managing Intermediaries<br />

testing procedures – Visitation<br />

a) The Introducing / Managing Intermediary is to be given reasonable notice of<br />

visitation to be performed (e.g. at least seven working days).<br />

b) Where possible, HSBC will obtain a copy of the tracked changed version<br />

(since the last agreed standard) of the Introducing / Managing Intermediaries<br />

AML/<strong>CDD</strong> policies and procedures. Otherwise, the latest copy of the<br />

procedures is to be provided and a comparison to the previous completed.<br />

c) Attendance of the Compliance Officer and Senior Operations Staff of<br />

Introducing / Managing Intermediary is required.<br />

d) A representative sample of customer files is to be selected for review against<br />

local regulatory and legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg principles to<br />

include those categorised as per the below table.<br />

AML File status<br />

‘AML complete’<br />

‘AML complete’<br />

‘AML incomplete’<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> / Investor Status<br />

Active<br />

Closed<br />

Review all AML incomplete cases over 60 days<br />

since the account has been opened<br />

Sample checks should be risk based and skewed towards entity and account<br />

types and larger balances which carry a higher risk of financial crime such as<br />

International Business Companies, Trusts and higher value accounts. Pooled<br />

accounts should also be sample checked to ensure that the Introducing /<br />

Managing Intermediary has received appropriate comfort from the pooled<br />

account holder that there are no prohibited customers under HSBC’s Global<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> standards and that they hold all applicable <strong>CDD</strong>.<br />

Initial testing<br />

Yes<br />

N/A but review of<br />

AML/<strong>CDD</strong> standard must<br />

take place to ensure<br />

meets local regulatory<br />

and<br />

legislative<br />

requirements and<br />

Wolfsberg principles.<br />

Yes<br />

N/A It is not possible to<br />

test customer files since<br />

Intermediary has not yet<br />

started undertaking <strong>CDD</strong><br />

Periodic<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 150


e) Correspondence with Regulator(s) is to be reviewed.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

f) Staff turnover/vacancies and any other material staffing issues to be<br />

investigated. Yes Yes<br />

g) Findings are to be reviewed with Compliance Officer and Senior Operations<br />

staff of Introducing / Managing Intermediary and follow up actions and timings<br />

agreed as required.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

h) Proposed/planned systems changes are to be reviewed.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 151


9.26.7 The testing report should include at a minimum:<br />

Introducing/Managing Intermediaries Testing procedures – Reporting Initial Periodic<br />

a) Impact of Regulatory changes enacted or in the pipeline.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

b) Confirmation that the risk assessment questionnaire has been reviewed and<br />

updated where required. Yes Yes<br />

c) Summary of discussions held with the Introducing / Managing Intermediary<br />

Compliance Officer and Head of Operations regarding any matters of<br />

substance related to the maintenance of an effective AML/<strong>CDD</strong> programme<br />

which complies with the obligations within the agreement/contract and all<br />

applicable regulatory requirements.<br />

d) Summary of findings of testing results including applicable management<br />

information (e.g. number of files reviewed, number that passed/failed,<br />

significance of results and any remedial action required and other followup).<br />

e) For HSBC purposes only, the paper should include the level of risk recorded<br />

for the Introducing / Managing Intermediary along with the supporting<br />

rationale.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

N/A<br />

Yes<br />

9.26.8 Findings (relating to all points a) to e) above) are to be summarised in a paper and distributed to<br />

the Key Controllers of the account, senior HSBC Risk team members, Country FCC and Operations<br />

personnel.<br />

9.26.9 The risk summary regarding the Introducing / Managing Intermediary is to be updated based on<br />

the annual testing/review performed and circulated to HSBC parties annually (See section 9.23.5).<br />

9.27 HSBC responsibilities<br />

Onboarding and Ongoing Management<br />

9.27.1 The Business will be responsible for managing the relationship with the Introducing/Managing<br />

Intermediary. This team is responsible for:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Control Testing<br />

Completing the Risk Assessment Questionnaire;<br />

Managing the <strong>CDD</strong> information gathered regarding the Introducing/Managing<br />

Intermediary; and,<br />

Managing the <strong>CDD</strong> information gathered regarding the <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

9.27.2 Responsibility for arranging the visitation/control testing to the Introducing/Managing Intermediary<br />

will be held by the RM/ the Business located where the account is being opened.<br />

9.27.3 A representative of Country FCC will lead the visitation and control testing of the<br />

Introducing/Managing Intermediary.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 152


Business Sign off<br />

9.27.4 Sign off from key stakeholders of the Business is required for:<br />

<br />

<br />

The Testing results reported at onboarding; and,<br />

The Testing results reported on ongoing management.<br />

Approval of Introducing / Managing Intermediary<br />

9.27.5 Approval of the Introducing/Managing Intermediary at onboarding is to be documented within the<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> profile.<br />

9.27.6 Approval of the Introducing/Managing Intermediary on an ongoing basis is to be documented within<br />

the <strong>CDD</strong> profile at annual review (or as the result of a trigger event).<br />

9.27.7 The approval structure for accepting an Introducer/Managing Intermediary is detailed below:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Change in circumstance<br />

Controller: RM / the Business, or equivalent<br />

Authorizer: Head of division (Local)<br />

Adviser: Head of Country FCC<br />

Adviser: Regional Head of FCC<br />

<strong>Final</strong> Authorizer: Global Head of FCC and AML for the Line of Business;<br />

9.27.8 Where the Introducing/Managing Intermediary is replaced, a comprehensive plan for the transfer<br />

of <strong>CDD</strong> documentation undertaken previously will need to be prepared and a complete review of<br />

the relationship with the newly appointed Introducing/Managing Intermediary performed.<br />

9.27.9 The plan will need to be approved as per the approval structure for accepting an<br />

Introducing/Managing Intermediary (see section 9.27.7) and will include the date at which<br />

responsibilities are transferred from one Introducing/Managing Intermediary to the other.<br />

Introducer (referral)<br />

9.27.10 In instances where the <strong>Customer</strong> is introduced to HSBC via a third party and the relationship with<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> is non-face to face, the risk to the bank is viewed as increased due to the limited<br />

interaction between HSBC and the <strong>Customer</strong> in person.<br />

9.27.11 The relationship between the third party and HSBC may not be a reliance relationship (as per the<br />

regulatory definition), however entering into this type of relationship results in additional<br />

requirements such as the requirement to record the name of the referrer within the <strong>Customer</strong><br />

profile.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 153


Appendix 1) Terms of Agreement – Transfer Agent<br />

Transfer<br />

Agent<br />

a) TA will make available on request (potentially after the relationship between HSBC and the party<br />

has ended), copies of the verification and other documents relating to due diligence (e.g. register<br />

data).<br />

b) This information will be made available with reasonable notice (including where a potential law<br />

enforcement enquiry has been made to the bank).<br />

c) The TA must provide a copy of the verification documents used to verify the identity of the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>, or its connected parties where required (e.g.).<br />

e) The TA will in turn not place reliance on any other party/firm to complete verification or to meet<br />

the <strong>Customer</strong> face-to-face.<br />

f) TA will undertake to retain <strong>CDD</strong> information and documents for at least 5 years, or longer if<br />

required under local regulatory requirements and that these documents will be available on<br />

request with reasonable notice;<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

h) Confirmation of regulated status is required. Yes<br />

j) <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence (<strong>CDD</strong>), including EDD as required, of the <strong>Customer</strong>/Connected Parties<br />

is undertaken for each entity type.<br />

k) There is a sufficient number of staff trained to the appropriate level in order to meeting the<br />

requirements above.<br />

l) That TA will advise if its license or registration is revoked or if the circumstances relating to the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s introduced have changed. A complete <strong>CDD</strong> profile on the Intermediary must be kept<br />

on file and kept up to date<br />

m) There are procedures and training in place to detect and prevent the commission of an offence<br />

relating to money laundering and financing of terrorism<br />

n) TA consents to testing of the above requirements, as requested by HSBC to provide ongoing<br />

assurance that it is a suitable party on which to rely. This also includes agreement to perform<br />

testing of TA where the IP is the third party.<br />

o) TA will provide information on:<br />

number of accounts with incomplete <strong>CDD</strong>, KRIs/KPIs/SLAs;<br />

correspondence with Regulators;<br />

Suspicious Transaction reports filed (full details). Internal procedures must ensure that all<br />

unusual activity or behaviour relating to transactions or activities are reported to the<br />

Country Head of AML;<br />

staff turnover/vacancies;<br />

complaints received and their disposition;<br />

impact of actual or proposed Regulatory changes and any other material issues in line with<br />

testing requirements.<br />

p) TA will attend Fund Board meetings no less often than quarterly and other meetings as required<br />

to report on the above.<br />

q) TA will require approval from HSBC for any material systems’ changes/developments during the<br />

terms of the agreement.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

r) TA may not to be sold without express written consent of HSBC. Yes<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 154


s) TA must provide register information after each dealing date for screening against sanctions’ lists<br />

or any other lists as deemed appropriate by HSBC or for any other lawful purpose such as<br />

marketing.<br />

t) TA will hold and make available with reasonable notice customer files for five years (or longer if<br />

local regulations require) after final redemption to investor.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

u) TA will provide the SLA relating to incomplete cases over sixty days old. Yes<br />

v) TA must notify HSBC of any changes to local legislation / regulation that may impact their ability<br />

to deliver the service outlined within the agreement.<br />

w) TA will maintain data security and the confidentiality of <strong>CDD</strong> information in line with local<br />

regulatory requirements.<br />

Yes<br />

Yes<br />

x) TA consents under a formal written agreement to be relied upon to the extent set out above. Yes<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 155


Appendix-2) Terms of Agreement – Instructing Party, Introducing and Managing Intermediaries<br />

Instructing Party /<br />

Administrator<br />

Introducing<br />

Intermediary<br />

Managing<br />

Intermediary<br />

a) IP/Intermediary will make available on request (potentially after the relationship between HSBC and the<br />

party has ended), copies of the verification and other documents relating to due diligence (e.g. register<br />

data).<br />

b) This information will be made available with reasonable notice (including where a potential law<br />

enforcement enquiry has been made to the bank).<br />

c) The IP/Introducing Intermediary must provide a copy of the verification documents used to verify the<br />

identity of the <strong>Customer</strong>, or its connected parties where required.<br />

e) Intermediary will in turn not place reliance on any other party/firm to complete verification or to meet the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> face-to-face.<br />

f) IP Intermediary will undertake to retain <strong>CDD</strong> information and documents for at least 5 years, or longer<br />

if required under local regulatory requirements and that these documents will be available on request<br />

with reasonable notice.<br />

g) Where reliance is placed by the IP on a third party, a complete <strong>CDD</strong> profile on the third party on whom<br />

reliance is being placed by the IP must be on file.<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes No No<br />

h) Confirmation of regulated status is required. Where applicable Yes Yes<br />

i) Confirmation that /Intermediary will identify and verify any Investors/Beneficial Owners/Beneficiaries of<br />

the Fund / account equivalent to local regulatory and legislative requirements and the Wolfsberg<br />

principles.<br />

k) <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence, including EDD as required, is undertaken for the <strong>Customer</strong>/Connected Parties<br />

for each entity type and the IP undertakes to bring to the attention of HSBC any Investors or Key<br />

Controllers that have a heightened financial crime risk, negative media, or produce a screening hit, prior<br />

to the dealing date.<br />

l) There is a sufficient number of staff trained to the appropriate level in order to meeting the requirements<br />

above.<br />

m) That IP/ Intermediary will advise if its license or registration is revoked or if the circumstances relating<br />

to the <strong>Customer</strong>s introduced have changed. A complete <strong>CDD</strong> profile on the Intermediary must be kept<br />

on file and kept up to date<br />

No Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 156


n) There are procedures and training in place to detect and prevent the commission of an offence relating<br />

to money laundering and financing of terrorism<br />

o) IP / Intermediary consents to testing of the above requirements, as requested by HSBC to provide<br />

ongoing assurance that it is a suitable party on which to rely. This also includes agreement to perform<br />

testing of TA where the IP is the third party.<br />

p) Intermediary will provide information on:<br />

number of accounts with incomplete <strong>CDD</strong>, KRIs/KPIs/SLAs,<br />

correspondence with Regulators,<br />

Suspicious Transaction reports filed (full details),<br />

staff turnover/vacancies,<br />

complaints received and their disposition,<br />

impact of actual or proposed Regulatory changes and any other material issues in line with testing<br />

requirements.<br />

q) IP Intermediary will attend Fund Board meetings no less often than quarterly and other meetings as<br />

required to report on the above.<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

No Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

r) "Systems used for AML/KYC purposes by IP must be fit for purpose in line with the requirements of the<br />

local Regulations" Yes No No<br />

s) IP may not to be sold without express written consent of HSBC. Yes No No<br />

t) IP must provide register information after each dealing date for screening against sanctions’ lists or any<br />

other lists as deemed appropriate by HSBC or for any other lawful purpose such as marketing.<br />

Yes No No<br />

u) IP will hold and make available with reasonable notice customer files for five years (or longer if local<br />

regulations require) after final redemption to investor.<br />

Yes<br />

No<br />

No<br />

v) IP will provide the SLA relating to incomplete cases over sixty days old. Yes No No<br />

w) IP/Intermediary must notify HSBC of any changes to local legislation / regulation that may impact their<br />

ability to deliver the service outlined within the agreement.<br />

x) IP/Intermediary will maintain data security and the confidentiality of <strong>CDD</strong> information in line with local<br />

regulatory requirements.<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

Yes Yes Yes<br />

y) IP/Intermediary consents under a formal written agreement to be relied upon to the extent set out above. Yes Yes Yes<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 157


10. Insurance Specific <strong>CDD</strong> Procedures (for<br />

customers where the standard <strong>CDD</strong> Procedures are<br />

not applicable)<br />

Key Objective<br />

How will the<br />

Objective be<br />

achieved?<br />

To summarise the identification, assessment and mitigation of the risks<br />

associated with insurance products which pose a risk of Financial Crime,<br />

and/or where HSBC could be used as a conduit for Financial Crime activities.<br />

Insurance products can pose specific risk attributes which can be distinct form<br />

the level of the standard ID&V, KYC and general EDD requirements. Hence, a<br />

different level of due diligence is required for these types of insurance products<br />

in certain situations.<br />

Scope of Section<br />

This Section outlines the ID&V procedures with respect to the following:<br />

10.1. Introduction<br />

10.2. <strong>CDD</strong> Requirements for <strong>Customer</strong>s with Minimal Risk Insurance<br />

Products<br />

Related Sections<br />

Global <strong>Customer</strong> Type <strong>CDD</strong> Procedural Standards<br />

Global AML Insurance Standard<br />

Chapter 3 – Screening<br />

Chapter 1 – Individuals ID&V<br />

Chapter 2 – Individuals KYC<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 158


10.1 Introduction<br />

10.1.1 Insurance products can be purchased by a <strong>Customer</strong> within any Line of Business (LoB).<br />

10.1.2 In the context of Insurance for <strong>CDD</strong> purposes, a Proposer, Applicant or Policyholder will be<br />

considered customers.<br />

10.1.3 The level of <strong>Customer</strong> Due Diligence (<strong>CDD</strong>) required varies depending on the type of insurance<br />

product purchased by <strong>Customer</strong>.<br />

10.1.4 There are subsets of insurance products that are categorised as Minimal Risk Insurance<br />

Products 59 and Lower Risk Insurance Products 601 .<br />

10.1.5 A Minimal Risk Insurance Product is a product which has all of the following characteristics:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Non-life Insurance policy<br />

Duration of 12 months or less;<br />

No surrender or maturity value;<br />

No investment value;<br />

Only pays out on loss from an insured event; and<br />

Additional/top up payments by a <strong>Customer</strong> is not possible.<br />

10.1.6 A Lower Risk Insurance Product is a product which has all of the following characteristics:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Pure Protection Insurance policy (Including Temporary Insurance Protection)<br />

Duration of certain period or specific “term” of years;<br />

Fixed rate of premium; with no additional/top up payments available;<br />

Low cost premium 61<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

No investment value;<br />

No surrender or maturity value; and<br />

Only pays out on loss from insured event<br />

A list of Minimal Risk and Lower Risk Insurance Products will be maintained by Insurance FCC<br />

and reported to GAMLO.<br />

59 Examples include Motor, Household, Travel and Pet.<br />

60 Examples include Term assurance, Critical Illness and Income Protection.<br />

61Annual premium the lesser of USD$1000 or EUR€1000 or a single premium the lesser of USD$2500 or EUR€2500.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 159


10.1.7 Where countries offer a “Insurance” product that complies with all the attributes of a Lower Risk<br />

Insurance Product, they must obtain agreement from Group Insurance Compliance for the<br />

product to be treated as or Lower Risk to enable application of reduced due diligence. Once<br />

agreement has been obtained; the details of the product must be recorded locally.<br />

10.1.8 For all other types of Insurance product, full <strong>CDD</strong> must be performed, in accordance with the<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Type.<br />

10.2 <strong>CDD</strong> Requirements for <strong>Customer</strong>s with Minimal Risk Insurance<br />

Products<br />

10.2.1 The following table outlines the levels of <strong>CDD</strong> required, for customer purchasing Minimal Risk<br />

Insurance Products.<br />

Figure 10.1: <strong>CDD</strong> Requirements<br />

<strong>Customer</strong> Type<br />

Minimal Risk Insurance Products only<br />

Existing HSBC customer (is<br />

not a standalone Insurance<br />

customer )<br />

HSBC standalone Insurance<br />

customer<br />

All <strong>Customer</strong> Types<br />

Individual*<br />

<strong>Customer</strong>s<br />

All customer types<br />

(excluding<br />

individuals)<br />

Use existing <strong>CDD</strong> (as per <strong>Customer</strong> type)<br />

Where attestation is being utilised, ensure that the <strong>CDD</strong><br />

profile lists the Insurance product to be purchased /<br />

purchased and the HSBC entity providing the product (for<br />

further guidance on Attestation refer to <strong>CDD</strong> Process –<br />

Chapter 6.9 Approvals)<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> applies (see section 10.2.2), provided that the<br />

Individual is not a true match for screening (reference to<br />

screening Chapter 3 – Resolution of Screening matches)<br />

Full <strong>CDD</strong> required (as per <strong>Customer</strong> type)<br />

* Including Sole traders purchasing insurance policies in their own name. This would not include sole<br />

traders purchasing insurance policies in the name of the sole trader entity.<br />

10.2.2 The information requirements and the <strong>CDD</strong> process for customers purchasing Minimal Risk<br />

Insurance Products is summarised in the table below:<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 160


Figure 10.2: <strong>CDD</strong> - Information Requirements for customers purchasing Minimal Risk Insurance Products<br />

<strong>CDD</strong> Process for <strong>Customer</strong>s purchasing Minimal Risk Insurance Products only<br />

At On - Boarding At Payment<br />

<br />

Identification Requirements<br />

Full Name;<br />

Date of Birth;<br />

Residential Address 611<br />

Nationality(where legally permissible);<br />

Yes No*<br />

Verification No Yes**<br />

<br />

Screening against Sanction and Counter Yes Yes<br />

Terrorist Financing Lists<br />

FCC RAM Rating No*** n/a<br />

*Identification at payment – If the sum assured recipient is different to the original applicant then identification and<br />

verification is required.<br />

**Unless the sum assured is to be credited to the same bank account from which the payment was received.<br />

***An FCCR of Low Risk will apply unless identified as a true match for sanction screening.<br />

10.3 <strong>CDD</strong> Requirements for <strong>Customer</strong>s with Lower Risk Insurance<br />

Products<br />

10.3.1 The information requirements and the Reduced Due Diligence process for customers purchasing<br />

Lower Risk Insurance Products is available Individuals ID&V and KYC sections above.<br />

62 “Residential address” as defined in the Glossary.<br />

INTERNAL<br />

Page | 161

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!